|
|
Sen. James T. Meeks
Filed: 4/21/2004
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
|
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
|
| 1 |
| AMENDMENT TO HOUSE BILL 750
|
| 2 |
| AMENDMENT NO. ______. Amend House Bill 750 by replacing |
| 3 |
| everything after the enacting clause with the following:
|
| 4 |
| "Section 5. The State Finance Act is amended by adding | | 5 |
| Sections 5.625 and 6z-65 as follows: | | 6 |
| (30 ILCS 105/5.625 new)
| | 7 |
| Sec. 5.625. The School District Property Tax Relief Fund.
| | 8 |
| (30 ILCS 105/6z-65 new) | | 9 |
| Sec. 6z-65. School District Property Tax Relief Fund.
| | 10 |
| (a) The School District property Tax Relief Fund is created | | 11 |
| as a special Fund in the State treasury. All interest earned on | | 12 |
| moneys in the Fund shall be deposited into the Fund. | | 13 |
| (b) As used in this Section: | | 14 |
| "Department" means the Department of Revenue. | | 15 |
| "Minimum property tax relief grant" means the minimum | | 16 |
| amount of
property tax relief that will be distributed to each | | 17 |
| school district from the School District Property Tax Relief | | 18 |
| Fund in each fiscal year. | | 19 |
| "High property tax effort school district" means each | | 20 |
| school district that
has a total tax rate that is in the top | | 21 |
| 25% of all total tax rates of all school districts. | | 22 |
| "Supplemental percentage" means the average daily head | | 23 |
| count of a
particular high property tax effort school district |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 2 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| in a fiscal year, divided by the head count total for that | | 2 |
| fiscal year. | | 3 |
| "Head count total" means the aggregate average daily | | 4 |
| attendance of all
high property tax effort school districts in | | 5 |
| the applicable fiscal year. | | 6 |
| "Supplemental property tax relief grant" means the amount | | 7 |
| of property tax
relief granted to each high property tax effort | | 8 |
| school district in each fiscal year that is in addition to the | | 9 |
| minimum property tax relief grant that the district receives. | | 10 |
| (c) Beginning in fiscal year 2006, the General Assembly | | 11 |
| shall appropriate $2.4 billion from the education | | 12 |
| appropriation minimum, as defined in Section 18-25 of the | | 13 |
| School Code, to the School District Property Tax Relief Fund. | | 14 |
| In each fiscal year thereafter, the General Assembly shall | | 15 |
| appropriate an amount from the education appropriation | | 16 |
| minimum, to the School District Property Tax Relief Fund equal | | 17 |
| to the amount appropriated to the School District Property Tax | | 18 |
| Relief Fund in the immediately preceding fiscal year, increased | | 19 |
| by the Employment Cost Index ("ECI") published by the U.S. | | 20 |
| Bureau of Labor Statistics for the immediately preceding fiscal | | 21 |
| year. | | 22 |
| (d) Between November 15 and 17 beginning in fiscal year | | 23 |
| 2006 and for every year thereafter, the Department must | | 24 |
| certify, no earlier than November 15 and no later than November | | 25 |
| 17, the total amount of property tax relief each school | | 26 |
| district will receive from the School District Property Tax | | 27 |
| Relief Fund. The relief shall be determined as follows: | | 28 |
| (1) In each fiscal year commencing with fiscal year | | 29 |
| 2006, the General Assembly shall appropriate 80% of the | | 30 |
| total amount appropriated to the School District Property | | 31 |
| Tax Relief Fund for that fiscal year to fund the aggregate | | 32 |
| amount of minimum property tax relief grants that will be | | 33 |
| distributed to all school districts. The Department then | | 34 |
| shall calculate the amount of minimum property tax relief |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 3 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| grant to be distributed to each school district in each | | 2 |
| fiscal year as follows: | | 3 |
| (A) for fiscal year 2006, each school district | | 4 |
| shall receive a minimum property tax relief grant in an | | 5 |
| amount equal to 20% of the total property taxes | | 6 |
| reported as payable for that school district in fiscal | | 7 |
| year 2002; and | | 8 |
| (B) for each fiscal year thereafter, the minimum | | 9 |
| property tax relief grant for each school district must | | 10 |
| be increased by the percentage increase, if any, in the | | 11 |
| ECI published for the prior fiscal year. | | 12 |
| (2) In each fiscal year commencing with fiscal year | | 13 |
| 2006, the General Assembly shall appropriate 20% of the | | 14 |
| total amount appropriated to the School District Property | | 15 |
| Tax Relief Fund for that fiscal year to fund the aggregate | | 16 |
| amount of supplemental property tax relief grants that will | | 17 |
| be distributed to all high property tax effort school | | 18 |
| districts. The Department shall calculate the amount of | | 19 |
| supplemental property tax relief grants payable to a | | 20 |
| particular high property tax effort school district in each | | 21 |
| fiscal year commencing in fiscal year 2006 and continuing | | 22 |
| in each fiscal year thereafter by multiplying the | | 23 |
| Supplemental Percentage of that high property tax effort | | 24 |
| school district for that fiscal year by the total amount | | 25 |
| appropriated to fund all the supplemental property tax | | 26 |
| relief grants in that fiscal year. |
|
| 27 |
| Section 10. The Illinois Income Tax Act is amended by | | 28 |
| changing Sections 201 and 203 and by adding Section 247 as | | 29 |
| follows:
| | 30 |
| (35 ILCS 5/201) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-201)
| | 31 |
| Sec. 201. Tax Imposed.
| | 32 |
| (a) In general. A tax measured by net income is hereby |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 4 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| imposed on every
individual, corporation, trust and estate for | | 2 |
| each taxable year ending
after July 31, 1969 on the privilege | | 3 |
| of earning or receiving income in or
as a resident of this | | 4 |
| State. Such tax shall be in addition to all other
occupation or | | 5 |
| privilege taxes imposed by this State or by any municipal
| | 6 |
| corporation or political subdivision thereof.
| | 7 |
| (b) Rates. The tax imposed by subsection (a) of this | | 8 |
| Section shall be
determined as follows, except as adjusted by | | 9 |
| subsection (d-1):
| | 10 |
| (1) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for | | 11 |
| taxable years
ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal | | 12 |
| to 2 1/2% of the taxpayer's
net income for the taxable | | 13 |
| year.
| | 14 |
| (2) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for | | 15 |
| taxable years
beginning prior to July 1, 1989 and ending | | 16 |
| after June 30, 1989, an amount
equal to the sum of (i) 2 | | 17 |
| 1/2% of the taxpayer's net income for the period
prior to | | 18 |
| July 1, 1989, as calculated under Section 202.3, and (ii) | | 19 |
| 3% of the
taxpayer's net income for the period after June | | 20 |
| 30, 1989, as calculated
under Section 202.3.
| | 21 |
| (3) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for | | 22 |
| taxable years
beginning after June 30, 1989 and beginning | | 23 |
| on or before January 1, 2005, an amount equal to 3% of the | | 24 |
| taxpayer's net
income for the taxable year.
| | 25 |
| (4) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for | | 26 |
| taxable years
beginning after January 1, 2005, an amount | | 27 |
| equal to 5% of the taxpayer's net
income for the taxable | | 28 |
| year
(Blank).
| | 29 |
| (5) (Blank).
| | 30 |
| (6) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years
| | 31 |
| ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal to 4% of the
| | 32 |
| taxpayer's net income for the taxable year.
| | 33 |
| (7) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years | | 34 |
| beginning prior to
July 1, 1989 and ending after June 30, |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 5 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| 1989, an amount equal to the sum of
(i) 4% of the | | 2 |
| taxpayer's net income for the period prior to July 1, 1989,
| | 3 |
| as calculated under Section 202.3, and (ii) 4.8% of the | | 4 |
| taxpayer's net
income for the period after June 30, 1989, | | 5 |
| as calculated under Section
202.3.
| | 6 |
| (8) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years | | 7 |
| beginning after
June 30, 1989 and beginning on or before | | 8 |
| January 1, 2005, an amount equal to 4.8% of the taxpayer's | | 9 |
| net income for the
taxable year. | | 10 |
| (9) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years | | 11 |
| beginning after
January 1, 2005, an amount equal to 8% of | | 12 |
| the taxpayer's net income for the
taxable year.
| | 13 |
| (c) Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax.
| | 14 |
| Beginning on July 1, 1979 and thereafter, in addition to such | | 15 |
| income
tax, there is also hereby imposed the Personal Property | | 16 |
| Tax Replacement
Income Tax measured by net income on every | | 17 |
| corporation (including Subchapter
S corporations), partnership | | 18 |
| and trust, for each taxable year ending after
June 30, 1979. | | 19 |
| Such taxes are imposed on the privilege of earning or
receiving | | 20 |
| income in or as a resident of this State. The Personal Property
| | 21 |
| Tax Replacement Income Tax shall be in addition to the income | | 22 |
| tax imposed
by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section and in | | 23 |
| addition to all other
occupation or privilege taxes imposed by | | 24 |
| this State or by any municipal
corporation or political | | 25 |
| subdivision thereof.
| | 26 |
| (d) Additional Personal Property Tax Replacement Income | | 27 |
| Tax Rates.
The personal property tax replacement income tax | | 28 |
| imposed by this subsection
and subsection (c) of this Section | | 29 |
| in the case of a corporation, other
than a Subchapter S | | 30 |
| corporation and except as adjusted by subsection (d-1),
shall | | 31 |
| be an additional amount equal to
2.85% of such taxpayer's net | | 32 |
| income for the taxable year, except that
beginning on January | | 33 |
| 1, 1981, and thereafter, the rate of 2.85% specified
in this | | 34 |
| subsection shall be reduced to 2.5%, and in the case of a
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 6 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| partnership, trust or a Subchapter S corporation shall be an | | 2 |
| additional
amount equal to 1.5% of such taxpayer's net income | | 3 |
| for the taxable year.
| | 4 |
| (d-1) Rate reduction for certain foreign insurers. In the | | 5 |
| case of a
foreign insurer, as defined by Section 35A-5 of the | | 6 |
| Illinois Insurance Code,
whose state or country of domicile | | 7 |
| imposes on insurers domiciled in Illinois
a retaliatory tax | | 8 |
| (excluding any insurer
whose premiums from reinsurance assumed | | 9 |
| are 50% or more of its total insurance
premiums as determined | | 10 |
| under paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of Section 304,
except | | 11 |
| that for purposes of this determination premiums from | | 12 |
| reinsurance do
not include premiums from inter-affiliate | | 13 |
| reinsurance arrangements),
beginning with taxable years ending | | 14 |
| on or after December 31, 1999,
the sum of
the rates of tax | | 15 |
| imposed by subsections (b) and (d) shall be reduced (but not
| | 16 |
| increased) to the rate at which the total amount of tax imposed | | 17 |
| under this Act,
net of all credits allowed under this Act, | | 18 |
| shall equal (i) the total amount of
tax that would be imposed | | 19 |
| on the foreign insurer's net income allocable to
Illinois for | | 20 |
| the taxable year by such foreign insurer's state or country of
| | 21 |
| domicile if that net income were subject to all income taxes | | 22 |
| and taxes
measured by net income imposed by such foreign | | 23 |
| insurer's state or country of
domicile, net of all credits | | 24 |
| allowed or (ii) a rate of zero if no such tax is
imposed on such | | 25 |
| income by the foreign insurer's state of domicile.
For the | | 26 |
| purposes of this subsection (d-1), an inter-affiliate includes | | 27 |
| a
mutual insurer under common management.
| | 28 |
| (1) For the purposes of subsection (d-1), in no event | | 29 |
| shall the sum of the
rates of tax imposed by subsections | | 30 |
| (b) and (d) be reduced below the rate at
which the sum of:
| | 31 |
| (A) the total amount of tax imposed on such foreign | | 32 |
| insurer under
this Act for a taxable year, net of all | | 33 |
| credits allowed under this Act, plus
| | 34 |
| (B) the privilege tax imposed by Section 409 of the |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 7 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| Illinois Insurance
Code, the fire insurance company | | 2 |
| tax imposed by Section 12 of the Fire
Investigation | | 3 |
| Act, and the fire department taxes imposed under | | 4 |
| Section 11-10-1
of the Illinois Municipal Code,
| | 5 |
| equals 1.25% for taxable years ending prior to December 31, | | 6 |
| 2003, or
1.75% for taxable years ending on or after | | 7 |
| December 31, 2003, of the net
taxable premiums written for | | 8 |
| the taxable year,
as described by subsection (1) of Section | | 9 |
| 409 of the Illinois Insurance Code.
This paragraph will in | | 10 |
| no event increase the rates imposed under subsections
(b) | | 11 |
| and (d).
| | 12 |
| (2) Any reduction in the rates of tax imposed by this | | 13 |
| subsection shall be
applied first against the rates imposed | | 14 |
| by subsection (b) and only after the
tax imposed by | | 15 |
| subsection (a) net of all credits allowed under this | | 16 |
| Section
other than the credit allowed under subsection (i) | | 17 |
| has been reduced to zero,
against the rates imposed by | | 18 |
| subsection (d).
| | 19 |
| This subsection (d-1) is exempt from the provisions of | | 20 |
| Section 250.
| | 21 |
| (e) Investment credit. A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit
| | 22 |
| against the Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax for
| | 23 |
| investment in qualified property.
| | 24 |
| (1) A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit equal to .5% | | 25 |
| of
the basis of qualified property placed in service during | | 26 |
| the taxable year,
provided such property is placed in | | 27 |
| service on or after
July 1, 1984. There shall be allowed an | | 28 |
| additional credit equal
to .5% of the basis of qualified | | 29 |
| property placed in service during the
taxable year, | | 30 |
| provided such property is placed in service on or
after | | 31 |
| July 1, 1986, and the taxpayer's base employment
within | | 32 |
| Illinois has increased by 1% or more over the preceding | | 33 |
| year as
determined by the taxpayer's employment records | | 34 |
| filed with the
Illinois Department of Employment Security. |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 8 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| Taxpayers who are new to
Illinois shall be deemed to have | | 2 |
| met the 1% growth in base employment for
the first year in | | 3 |
| which they file employment records with the Illinois
| | 4 |
| Department of Employment Security. The provisions added to | | 5 |
| this Section by
Public Act 85-1200 (and restored by Public | | 6 |
| Act 87-895) shall be
construed as declaratory of existing | | 7 |
| law and not as a new enactment. If,
in any year, the | | 8 |
| increase in base employment within Illinois over the
| | 9 |
| preceding year is less than 1%, the additional credit shall | | 10 |
| be limited to that
percentage times a fraction, the | | 11 |
| numerator of which is .5% and the denominator
of which is | | 12 |
| 1%, but shall not exceed .5%. The investment credit shall | | 13 |
| not be
allowed to the extent that it would reduce a | | 14 |
| taxpayer's liability in any tax
year below zero, nor may | | 15 |
| any credit for qualified property be allowed for any
year | | 16 |
| other than the year in which the property was placed in | | 17 |
| service in
Illinois. For tax years ending on or after | | 18 |
| December 31, 1987, and on or
before December 31, 1988, the | | 19 |
| credit shall be allowed for the tax year in
which the | | 20 |
| property is placed in service, or, if the amount of the | | 21 |
| credit
exceeds the tax liability for that year, whether it | | 22 |
| exceeds the original
liability or the liability as later | | 23 |
| amended, such excess may be carried
forward and applied to | | 24 |
| the tax liability of the 5 taxable years following
the | | 25 |
| excess credit years if the taxpayer (i) makes investments | | 26 |
| which cause
the creation of a minimum of 2,000 full-time | | 27 |
| equivalent jobs in Illinois,
(ii) is located in an | | 28 |
| enterprise zone established pursuant to the Illinois
| | 29 |
| Enterprise Zone Act and (iii) is certified by the | | 30 |
| Department of Commerce
and Community Affairs (now | | 31 |
| Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity) as | | 32 |
| complying with the requirements specified in
clause (i) and | | 33 |
| (ii) by July 1, 1986. The Department of Commerce and
| | 34 |
| Community Affairs (now Department of Commerce and Economic |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 9 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| Opportunity) shall notify the Department of Revenue of all | | 2 |
| such
certifications immediately. For tax years ending | | 3 |
| after December 31, 1988,
the credit shall be allowed for | | 4 |
| the tax year in which the property is
placed in service, | | 5 |
| or, if the amount of the credit exceeds the tax
liability | | 6 |
| for that year, whether it exceeds the original liability or | | 7 |
| the
liability as later amended, such excess may be carried | | 8 |
| forward and applied
to the tax liability of the 5 taxable | | 9 |
| years following the excess credit
years. The credit shall | | 10 |
| be applied to the earliest year for which there is
a | | 11 |
| liability. If there is credit from more than one tax year | | 12 |
| that is
available to offset a liability, earlier credit | | 13 |
| shall be applied first.
| | 14 |
| (2) The term "qualified property" means property | | 15 |
| which:
| | 16 |
| (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including | | 17 |
| buildings and structural
components of buildings and | | 18 |
| signs that are real property, but not including
land or | | 19 |
| improvements to real property that are not a structural | | 20 |
| component of a
building such as landscaping, sewer | | 21 |
| lines, local access roads, fencing, parking
lots, and | | 22 |
| other appurtenances;
| | 23 |
| (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the | | 24 |
| Internal Revenue Code,
except that "3-year property" | | 25 |
| as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of that
Code is not | | 26 |
| eligible for the credit provided by this subsection | | 27 |
| (e);
| | 28 |
| (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section | | 29 |
| 179(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code;
| | 30 |
| (D) is used in Illinois by a taxpayer who is | | 31 |
| primarily engaged in
manufacturing, or in mining coal | | 32 |
| or fluorite, or in retailing; and
| | 33 |
| (E) has not previously been used in Illinois in | | 34 |
| such a manner and by
such a person as would qualify for |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 10 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| the credit provided by this subsection
(e) or | | 2 |
| subsection (f).
| | 3 |
| (3) For purposes of this subsection (e), | | 4 |
| "manufacturing" means
the material staging and production | | 5 |
| of tangible personal property by
procedures commonly | | 6 |
| regarded as manufacturing, processing, fabrication, or
| | 7 |
| assembling which changes some existing material into new | | 8 |
| shapes, new
qualities, or new combinations. For purposes of | | 9 |
| this subsection
(e) the term "mining" shall have the same | | 10 |
| meaning as the term "mining" in
Section 613(c) of the | | 11 |
| Internal Revenue Code. For purposes of this subsection
(e), | | 12 |
| the term "retailing" means the sale of tangible personal | | 13 |
| property or
services rendered in conjunction with the sale | | 14 |
| of tangible consumer goods
or commodities.
| | 15 |
| (4) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis
| | 16 |
| used to compute the depreciation deduction for federal | | 17 |
| income tax purposes.
| | 18 |
| (5) If the basis of the property for federal income tax | | 19 |
| depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed | | 20 |
| in service in Illinois by
the taxpayer, the amount of such | | 21 |
| increase shall be deemed property placed
in service on the | | 22 |
| date of such increase in basis.
| | 23 |
| (6) The term "placed in service" shall have the same
| | 24 |
| meaning as under Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code.
| | 25 |
| (7) If during any taxable year, any property ceases to
| | 26 |
| be qualified property in the hands of the taxpayer within | | 27 |
| 48 months after
being placed in service, or the situs of | | 28 |
| any qualified property is
moved outside Illinois within 48 | | 29 |
| months after being placed in service, the
Personal Property | | 30 |
| Tax Replacement Income Tax for such taxable year shall be
| | 31 |
| increased. Such increase shall be determined by (i) | | 32 |
| recomputing the
investment credit which would have been | | 33 |
| allowed for the year in which
credit for such property was | | 34 |
| originally allowed by eliminating such
property from such |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 11 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| computation and, (ii) subtracting such recomputed credit
| | 2 |
| from the amount of credit previously allowed. For the | | 3 |
| purposes of this
paragraph (7), a reduction of the basis of | | 4 |
| qualified property resulting
from a redetermination of the | | 5 |
| purchase price shall be deemed a disposition
of qualified | | 6 |
| property to the extent of such reduction.
| | 7 |
| (8) Unless the investment credit is extended by law, | | 8 |
| the
basis of qualified property shall not include costs | | 9 |
| incurred after
December 31, 2003, except for costs incurred | | 10 |
| pursuant to a binding
contract entered into on or before | | 11 |
| December 31, 2003.
| | 12 |
| (9) Each taxable year ending before December 31, 2000, | | 13 |
| a partnership may
elect to pass through to its
partners the | | 14 |
| credits to which the partnership is entitled under this | | 15 |
| subsection
(e) for the taxable year. A partner may use the | | 16 |
| credit allocated to him or her
under this paragraph only | | 17 |
| against the tax imposed in subsections (c) and (d) of
this | | 18 |
| Section. If the partnership makes that election, those | | 19 |
| credits shall be
allocated among the partners in the | | 20 |
| partnership in accordance with the rules
set forth in | | 21 |
| Section 704(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, and the rules
| | 22 |
| promulgated under that Section, and the allocated amount of | | 23 |
| the credits shall
be allowed to the partners for that | | 24 |
| taxable year. The partnership shall make
this election on | | 25 |
| its Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax return for
| | 26 |
| that taxable year. The election to pass through the credits | | 27 |
| shall be
irrevocable.
| | 28 |
| For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2000, | | 29 |
| a
partner that qualifies its
partnership for a subtraction | | 30 |
| under subparagraph (I) of paragraph (2) of
subsection (d) | | 31 |
| of Section 203 or a shareholder that qualifies a Subchapter | | 32 |
| S
corporation for a subtraction under subparagraph (S) of | | 33 |
| paragraph (2) of
subsection (b) of Section 203 shall be | | 34 |
| allowed a credit under this subsection
(e) equal to its |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 12 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| share of the credit earned under this subsection (e) during
| | 2 |
| the taxable year by the partnership or Subchapter S | | 3 |
| corporation, determined in
accordance with the | | 4 |
| determination of income and distributive share of
income | | 5 |
| under Sections 702 and 704 and Subchapter S of the Internal | | 6 |
| Revenue
Code. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions | | 7 |
| of Section 250.
| | 8 |
| (f) Investment credit; Enterprise Zone.
| | 9 |
| (1) A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit against the | | 10 |
| tax imposed
by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for | | 11 |
| investment in qualified
property which is placed in service | | 12 |
| in an Enterprise Zone created
pursuant to the Illinois | | 13 |
| Enterprise Zone Act. For partners, shareholders
of | | 14 |
| Subchapter S corporations, and owners of limited liability | | 15 |
| companies,
if the liability company is treated as a | | 16 |
| partnership for purposes of
federal and State income | | 17 |
| taxation, there shall be allowed a credit under
this | | 18 |
| subsection (f) to be determined in accordance with the | | 19 |
| determination
of income and distributive share of income | | 20 |
| under Sections 702 and 704 and
Subchapter S of the Internal | | 21 |
| Revenue Code. The credit shall be .5% of the
basis for such | | 22 |
| property. The credit shall be available only in the taxable
| | 23 |
| year in which the property is placed in service in the | | 24 |
| Enterprise Zone and
shall not be allowed to the extent that | | 25 |
| it would reduce a taxpayer's
liability for the tax imposed | | 26 |
| by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section to
below zero. | | 27 |
| For tax years ending on or after December 31, 1985, the | | 28 |
| credit
shall be allowed for the tax year in which the | | 29 |
| property is placed in
service, or, if the amount of the | | 30 |
| credit exceeds the tax liability for that
year, whether it | | 31 |
| exceeds the original liability or the liability as later
| | 32 |
| amended, such excess may be carried forward and applied to | | 33 |
| the tax
liability of the 5 taxable years following the | | 34 |
| excess credit year.
The credit shall be applied to the |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 13 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| earliest year for which there is a
liability. If there is | | 2 |
| credit from more than one tax year that is available
to | | 3 |
| offset a liability, the credit accruing first in time shall | | 4 |
| be applied
first.
| | 5 |
| (2) The term qualified property means property which:
| | 6 |
| (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including | | 7 |
| buildings and
structural components of buildings;
| | 8 |
| (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the | | 9 |
| Internal Revenue
Code, except that "3-year property" | | 10 |
| as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of
that Code is not | | 11 |
| eligible for the credit provided by this subsection | | 12 |
| (f);
| | 13 |
| (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section | | 14 |
| 179(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code;
| | 15 |
| (D) is used in the Enterprise Zone by the taxpayer; | | 16 |
| and
| | 17 |
| (E) has not been previously used in Illinois in | | 18 |
| such a manner and by
such a person as would qualify for | | 19 |
| the credit provided by this subsection
(f) or | | 20 |
| subsection (e).
| | 21 |
| (3) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis | | 22 |
| used to compute
the depreciation deduction for federal | | 23 |
| income tax purposes.
| | 24 |
| (4) If the basis of the property for federal income tax | | 25 |
| depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed | | 26 |
| in service in the Enterprise
Zone by the taxpayer, the | | 27 |
| amount of such increase shall be deemed property
placed in | | 28 |
| service on the date of such increase in basis.
| | 29 |
| (5) The term "placed in service" shall have the same | | 30 |
| meaning as under
Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code.
| | 31 |
| (6) If during any taxable year, any property ceases to | | 32 |
| be qualified
property in the hands of the taxpayer within | | 33 |
| 48 months after being placed
in service, or the situs of | | 34 |
| any qualified property is moved outside the
Enterprise Zone |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 14 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| within 48 months after being placed in service, the tax
| | 2 |
| imposed under subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for | | 3 |
| such taxable year
shall be increased. Such increase shall | | 4 |
| be determined by (i) recomputing
the investment credit | | 5 |
| which would have been allowed for the year in which
credit | | 6 |
| for such property was originally allowed by eliminating | | 7 |
| such
property from such computation, and (ii) subtracting | | 8 |
| such recomputed credit
from the amount of credit previously | | 9 |
| allowed. For the purposes of this
paragraph (6), a | | 10 |
| reduction of the basis of qualified property resulting
from | | 11 |
| a redetermination of the purchase price shall be deemed a | | 12 |
| disposition
of qualified property to the extent of such | | 13 |
| reduction.
| | 14 |
| (g) Jobs Tax Credit; Enterprise Zone and Foreign Trade | | 15 |
| Zone or Sub-Zone.
| | 16 |
| (1) A taxpayer conducting a trade or business in an | | 17 |
| enterprise zone
or a High Impact Business designated by the | | 18 |
| Department of Commerce and
Economic Opportunity
Community | | 19 |
| Affairs conducting a trade or business in a federally | | 20 |
| designated
Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone shall be allowed | | 21 |
| a credit against the tax
imposed by subsections (a) and (b) | | 22 |
| of this Section in the amount of $500
per eligible employee | | 23 |
| hired to work in the zone during the taxable year.
| | 24 |
| (2) To qualify for the credit:
| | 25 |
| (A) the taxpayer must hire 5 or more eligible | | 26 |
| employees to work in an
enterprise zone or federally | | 27 |
| designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone
during the | | 28 |
| taxable year;
| | 29 |
| (B) the taxpayer's total employment within the | | 30 |
| enterprise zone or
federally designated Foreign Trade | | 31 |
| Zone or Sub-Zone must
increase by 5 or more full-time | | 32 |
| employees beyond the total employed in that
zone at the | | 33 |
| end of the previous tax year for which a jobs tax
| | 34 |
| credit under this Section was taken, or beyond the |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 15 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| total employed by the
taxpayer as of December 31, 1985, | | 2 |
| whichever is later; and
| | 3 |
| (C) the eligible employees must be employed 180 | | 4 |
| consecutive days in
order to be deemed hired for | | 5 |
| purposes of this subsection.
| | 6 |
| (3) An "eligible employee" means an employee who is:
| | 7 |
| (A) Certified by the Department of Commerce and | | 8 |
| Economic Opportunity
Community Affairs
as "eligible | | 9 |
| for services" pursuant to regulations promulgated in
| | 10 |
| accordance with Title II of the Job Training | | 11 |
| Partnership Act, Training
Services for the | | 12 |
| Disadvantaged or Title III of the Job Training | | 13 |
| Partnership
Act, Employment and Training Assistance | | 14 |
| for Dislocated Workers Program.
| | 15 |
| (B) Hired after the enterprise zone or federally | | 16 |
| designated Foreign
Trade Zone or Sub-Zone was | | 17 |
| designated or the trade or
business was located in that | | 18 |
| zone, whichever is later.
| | 19 |
| (C) Employed in the enterprise zone or Foreign | | 20 |
| Trade Zone or
Sub-Zone. An employee is employed in an
| | 21 |
| enterprise zone or federally designated Foreign Trade | | 22 |
| Zone or Sub-Zone
if his services are rendered there or | | 23 |
| it is the base of
operations for the services | | 24 |
| performed.
| | 25 |
| (D) A full-time employee working 30 or more hours | | 26 |
| per week.
| | 27 |
| (4) For tax years ending on or after December 31, 1985 | | 28 |
| and prior to
December 31, 1988, the credit shall be allowed | | 29 |
| for the tax year in which
the eligible employees are hired. | | 30 |
| For tax years ending on or after
December 31, 1988, the | | 31 |
| credit shall be allowed for the tax year immediately
| | 32 |
| following the tax year in which the eligible employees are | | 33 |
| hired. If the
amount of the credit exceeds the tax | | 34 |
| liability for that year, whether it
exceeds the original |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 16 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| liability or the liability as later amended, such
excess | | 2 |
| may be carried forward and applied to the tax liability of | | 3 |
| the 5
taxable years following the excess credit year. The | | 4 |
| credit shall be
applied to the earliest year for which | | 5 |
| there is a liability. If there is
credit from more than one | | 6 |
| tax year that is available to offset a liability,
earlier | | 7 |
| credit shall be applied first.
| | 8 |
| (5) The Department of Revenue shall promulgate such | | 9 |
| rules and regulations
as may be deemed necessary to carry | | 10 |
| out the purposes of this subsection (g).
| | 11 |
| (6) The credit shall be available for eligible | | 12 |
| employees hired on or
after January 1, 1986.
| | 13 |
| (h) Investment credit; High Impact Business.
| | 14 |
| (1) Subject to subsections (b) and (b-5) of Section
5.5 | | 15 |
| of the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, a taxpayer shall be | | 16 |
| allowed a credit
against the tax imposed by subsections (a) | | 17 |
| and (b) of this Section for
investment in qualified
| | 18 |
| property which is placed in service by a Department of | | 19 |
| Commerce and Economic Opportunity
Community
Affairs
| | 20 |
| designated High Impact Business. The credit shall be .5% of | | 21 |
| the basis
for such property. The credit shall not be | | 22 |
| available (i) until the minimum
investments in qualified | | 23 |
| property set forth in subdivision (a)(3)(A) of
Section 5.5 | | 24 |
| of the Illinois
Enterprise Zone Act have been satisfied
or | | 25 |
| (ii) until the time authorized in subsection (b-5) of the | | 26 |
| Illinois
Enterprise Zone Act for entities designated as | | 27 |
| High Impact Businesses under
subdivisions (a)(3)(B), | | 28 |
| (a)(3)(C), and (a)(3)(D) of Section 5.5 of the Illinois
| | 29 |
| Enterprise Zone Act, and shall not be allowed to the extent | | 30 |
| that it would
reduce a taxpayer's liability for the tax | | 31 |
| imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of
this Section to below | | 32 |
| zero. The credit applicable to such investments shall be
| | 33 |
| taken in the taxable year in which such investments have | | 34 |
| been completed. The
credit for additional investments |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 17 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| beyond the minimum investment by a designated
high impact | | 2 |
| business authorized under subdivision (a)(3)(A) of Section | | 3 |
| 5.5 of
the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act shall be available | | 4 |
| only in the taxable year in
which the property is placed in | | 5 |
| service and shall not be allowed to the extent
that it | | 6 |
| would reduce a taxpayer's liability for the tax imposed by | | 7 |
| subsections
(a) and (b) of this Section to below zero.
For | | 8 |
| tax years ending on or after December 31, 1987, the credit | | 9 |
| shall be
allowed for the tax year in which the property is | | 10 |
| placed in service, or, if
the amount of the credit exceeds | | 11 |
| the tax liability for that year, whether
it exceeds the | | 12 |
| original liability or the liability as later amended, such
| | 13 |
| excess may be carried forward and applied to the tax | | 14 |
| liability of the 5
taxable years following the excess | | 15 |
| credit year. The credit shall be
applied to the earliest | | 16 |
| year for which there is a liability. If there is
credit | | 17 |
| from more than one tax year that is available to offset a | | 18 |
| liability,
the credit accruing first in time shall be | | 19 |
| applied first.
| | 20 |
| Changes made in this subdivision (h)(1) by Public Act | | 21 |
| 88-670
restore changes made by Public Act 85-1182 and | | 22 |
| reflect existing law.
| | 23 |
| (2) The term qualified property means property which:
| | 24 |
| (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including | | 25 |
| buildings and
structural components of buildings;
| | 26 |
| (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the | | 27 |
| Internal Revenue
Code, except that "3-year property" | | 28 |
| as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of
that Code is not | | 29 |
| eligible for the credit provided by this subsection | | 30 |
| (h);
| | 31 |
| (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section | | 32 |
| 179(d) of the
Internal Revenue Code; and
| | 33 |
| (D) is not eligible for the Enterprise Zone | | 34 |
| Investment Credit provided
by subsection (f) of this |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 18 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| Section.
| | 2 |
| (3) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis | | 3 |
| used to compute
the depreciation deduction for federal | | 4 |
| income tax purposes.
| | 5 |
| (4) If the basis of the property for federal income tax | | 6 |
| depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed | | 7 |
| in service in a federally
designated Foreign Trade Zone or | | 8 |
| Sub-Zone located in Illinois by the taxpayer,
the amount of | | 9 |
| such increase shall be deemed property placed in service on
| | 10 |
| the date of such increase in basis.
| | 11 |
| (5) The term "placed in service" shall have the same | | 12 |
| meaning as under
Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code.
| | 13 |
| (6) If during any taxable year ending on or before | | 14 |
| December 31, 1996,
any property ceases to be qualified
| | 15 |
| property in the hands of the taxpayer within 48 months | | 16 |
| after being placed
in service, or the situs of any | | 17 |
| qualified property is moved outside
Illinois within 48 | | 18 |
| months after being placed in service, the tax imposed
under | | 19 |
| subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for such taxable | | 20 |
| year shall
be increased. Such increase shall be determined | | 21 |
| by (i) recomputing the
investment credit which would have | | 22 |
| been allowed for the year in which
credit for such property | | 23 |
| was originally allowed by eliminating such
property from | | 24 |
| such computation, and (ii) subtracting such recomputed | | 25 |
| credit
from the amount of credit previously allowed. For | | 26 |
| the purposes of this
paragraph (6), a reduction of the | | 27 |
| basis of qualified property resulting
from a | | 28 |
| redetermination of the purchase price shall be deemed a | | 29 |
| disposition
of qualified property to the extent of such | | 30 |
| reduction.
| | 31 |
| (7) Beginning with tax years ending after December 31, | | 32 |
| 1996, if a
taxpayer qualifies for the credit under this | | 33 |
| subsection (h) and thereby is
granted a tax abatement and | | 34 |
| the taxpayer relocates its entire facility in
violation of |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 19 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| the explicit terms and length of the contract under Section
| | 2 |
| 18-183 of the Property Tax Code, the tax imposed under | | 3 |
| subsections
(a) and (b) of this Section shall be increased | | 4 |
| for the taxable year
in which the taxpayer relocated its | | 5 |
| facility by an amount equal to the
amount of credit | | 6 |
| received by the taxpayer under this subsection (h).
| | 7 |
| (i) Credit for Personal Property Tax Replacement Income | | 8 |
| Tax.
For tax years ending prior to December 31, 2003, a credit | | 9 |
| shall be allowed
against the tax imposed by
subsections (a) and | | 10 |
| (b) of this Section for the tax imposed by subsections (c)
and | | 11 |
| (d) of this Section. This credit shall be computed by | | 12 |
| multiplying the tax
imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of this | | 13 |
| Section by a fraction, the numerator
of which is base income | | 14 |
| allocable to Illinois and the denominator of which is
Illinois | | 15 |
| base income, and further multiplying the product by the tax | | 16 |
| rate
imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section.
| | 17 |
| Any credit earned on or after December 31, 1986 under
this | | 18 |
| subsection which is unused in the year
the credit is computed | | 19 |
| because it exceeds the tax liability imposed by
subsections (a) | | 20 |
| and (b) for that year (whether it exceeds the original
| | 21 |
| liability or the liability as later amended) may be carried | | 22 |
| forward and
applied to the tax liability imposed by subsections | | 23 |
| (a) and (b) of the 5
taxable years following the excess credit | | 24 |
| year, provided that no credit may
be carried forward to any | | 25 |
| year ending on or
after December 31, 2003. This credit shall be
| | 26 |
| applied first to the earliest year for which there is a | | 27 |
| liability. If
there is a credit under this subsection from more | | 28 |
| than one tax year that is
available to offset a liability the | | 29 |
| earliest credit arising under this
subsection shall be applied | | 30 |
| first.
| | 31 |
| If, during any taxable year ending on or after December 31, | | 32 |
| 1986, the
tax imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of this | | 33 |
| Section for which a taxpayer
has claimed a credit under this | | 34 |
| subsection (i) is reduced, the amount of
credit for such tax |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 20 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| shall also be reduced. Such reduction shall be
determined by | | 2 |
| recomputing the credit to take into account the reduced tax
| | 3 |
| imposed by subsections (c) and (d). If any portion of the
| | 4 |
| reduced amount of credit has been carried to a different | | 5 |
| taxable year, an
amended return shall be filed for such taxable | | 6 |
| year to reduce the amount of
credit claimed.
| | 7 |
| (j) Training expense credit. Beginning with tax years | | 8 |
| ending on or
after December 31, 1986 and prior to December 31, | | 9 |
| 2003, a taxpayer shall be
allowed a credit against the
tax | | 10 |
| imposed by subsections (a) and (b) under this Section
for all | | 11 |
| amounts paid or accrued, on behalf of all persons
employed by | | 12 |
| the taxpayer in Illinois or Illinois residents employed
outside | | 13 |
| of Illinois by a taxpayer, for educational or vocational | | 14 |
| training in
semi-technical or technical fields or semi-skilled | | 15 |
| or skilled fields, which
were deducted from gross income in the | | 16 |
| computation of taxable income. The
credit against the tax | | 17 |
| imposed by subsections (a) and (b) shall be 1.6% of
such | | 18 |
| training expenses. For partners, shareholders of subchapter S
| | 19 |
| corporations, and owners of limited liability companies, if the | | 20 |
| liability
company is treated as a partnership for purposes of | | 21 |
| federal and State income
taxation, there shall be allowed a | | 22 |
| credit under this subsection (j) to be
determined in accordance | | 23 |
| with the determination of income and distributive
share of | | 24 |
| income under Sections 702 and 704 and subchapter S of the | | 25 |
| Internal
Revenue Code.
| | 26 |
| Any credit allowed under this subsection which is unused in | | 27 |
| the year
the credit is earned may be carried forward to each of | | 28 |
| the 5 taxable
years following the year for which the credit is | | 29 |
| first computed until it is
used. This credit shall be applied | | 30 |
| first to the earliest year for which
there is a liability. If | | 31 |
| there is a credit under this subsection from more
than one tax | | 32 |
| year that is available to offset a liability the earliest
| | 33 |
| credit arising under this subsection shall be applied first. No | | 34 |
| carryforward
credit may be claimed in any tax year ending on or |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 21 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| after
December 31, 2003.
| | 2 |
| (k) Research and development credit.
| | 3 |
| For tax years ending after July 1, 1990 and prior to
| | 4 |
| December 31, 2003, a taxpayer shall be
allowed a credit against | | 5 |
| the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this
Section for | | 6 |
| increasing research activities in this State. The credit
| | 7 |
| allowed against the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) | | 8 |
| shall be equal
to 6 1/2% of the qualifying expenditures for | | 9 |
| increasing research activities
in this State. For partners, | | 10 |
| shareholders of subchapter S corporations, and
owners of | | 11 |
| limited liability companies, if the liability company is | | 12 |
| treated as a
partnership for purposes of federal and State | | 13 |
| income taxation, there shall be
allowed a credit under this | | 14 |
| subsection to be determined in accordance with the
| | 15 |
| determination of income and distributive share of income under | | 16 |
| Sections 702 and
704 and subchapter S of the Internal Revenue | | 17 |
| Code.
| | 18 |
| For purposes of this subsection, "qualifying expenditures" | | 19 |
| means the
qualifying expenditures as defined for the federal | | 20 |
| credit for increasing
research activities which would be | | 21 |
| allowable under Section 41 of the
Internal Revenue Code and | | 22 |
| which are conducted in this State, "qualifying
expenditures for | | 23 |
| increasing research activities in this State" means the
excess | | 24 |
| of qualifying expenditures for the taxable year in which | | 25 |
| incurred
over qualifying expenditures for the base period, | | 26 |
| "qualifying expenditures
for the base period" means the average | | 27 |
| of the qualifying expenditures for
each year in the base | | 28 |
| period, and "base period" means the 3 taxable years
immediately | | 29 |
| preceding the taxable year for which the determination is
being | | 30 |
| made.
| | 31 |
| Any credit in excess of the tax liability for the taxable | | 32 |
| year
may be carried forward. A taxpayer may elect to have the
| | 33 |
| unused credit shown on its final completed return carried over | | 34 |
| as a credit
against the tax liability for the following 5 |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 22 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| taxable years or until it has
been fully used, whichever occurs | | 2 |
| first; provided that no credit may be
carried forward to any | | 3 |
| year ending on or
after December 31, 2003.
| | 4 |
| If an unused credit is carried forward to a given year from | | 5 |
| 2 or more
earlier years, that credit arising in the earliest | | 6 |
| year will be applied
first against the tax liability for the | | 7 |
| given year. If a tax liability for
the given year still | | 8 |
| remains, the credit from the next earliest year will
then be | | 9 |
| applied, and so on, until all credits have been used or no tax
| | 10 |
| liability for the given year remains. Any remaining unused | | 11 |
| credit or
credits then will be carried forward to the next | | 12 |
| following year in which a
tax liability is incurred, except | | 13 |
| that no credit can be carried forward to
a year which is more | | 14 |
| than 5 years after the year in which the expense for
which the | | 15 |
| credit is given was incurred.
| | 16 |
| No inference shall be drawn from this amendatory Act of the | | 17 |
| 91st General
Assembly in construing this Section for taxable | | 18 |
| years beginning before January
1, 1999.
| | 19 |
| (l) Environmental Remediation Tax Credit.
| | 20 |
| (i) For tax years ending after December 31, 1997 and on | | 21 |
| or before
December 31, 2001, a taxpayer shall be allowed a | | 22 |
| credit against the tax
imposed by subsections (a) and (b) | | 23 |
| of this Section for certain amounts paid
for unreimbursed | | 24 |
| eligible remediation costs, as specified in this | | 25 |
| subsection.
For purposes of this Section, "unreimbursed | | 26 |
| eligible remediation costs" means
costs approved by the | | 27 |
| Illinois Environmental Protection Agency ("Agency") under
| | 28 |
| Section 58.14 of the Environmental Protection Act that were | | 29 |
| paid in performing
environmental remediation at a site for | | 30 |
| which a No Further Remediation Letter
was issued by the | | 31 |
| Agency and recorded under Section 58.10 of the | | 32 |
| Environmental
Protection Act. The credit must be claimed | | 33 |
| for the taxable year in which
Agency approval of the | | 34 |
| eligible remediation costs is granted. The credit is
not |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 23 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| available to any taxpayer if the taxpayer or any related | | 2 |
| party caused or
contributed to, in any material respect, a | | 3 |
| release of regulated substances on,
in, or under the site | | 4 |
| that was identified and addressed by the remedial
action | | 5 |
| pursuant to the Site Remediation Program of the | | 6 |
| Environmental Protection
Act. After the Pollution Control | | 7 |
| Board rules are adopted pursuant to the
Illinois | | 8 |
| Administrative Procedure Act for the administration and | | 9 |
| enforcement of
Section 58.9 of the Environmental | | 10 |
| Protection Act, determinations as to credit
availability | | 11 |
| for purposes of this Section shall be made consistent with | | 12 |
| those
rules. For purposes of this Section, "taxpayer" | | 13 |
| includes a person whose tax
attributes the taxpayer has | | 14 |
| succeeded to under Section 381 of the Internal
Revenue Code | | 15 |
| and "related party" includes the persons disallowed a | | 16 |
| deduction
for losses by paragraphs (b), (c), and (f)(1) of | | 17 |
| Section 267 of the Internal
Revenue Code by virtue of being | | 18 |
| a related taxpayer, as well as any of its
partners. The | | 19 |
| credit allowed against the tax imposed by subsections (a) | | 20 |
| and
(b) shall be equal to 25% of the unreimbursed eligible | | 21 |
| remediation costs in
excess of $100,000 per site, except | | 22 |
| that the $100,000 threshold shall not apply
to any site | | 23 |
| contained in an enterprise zone as determined by the | | 24 |
| Department of
Commerce and Community Affairs (now | | 25 |
| Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity). The | | 26 |
| total credit allowed shall not exceed
$40,000 per year with | | 27 |
| a maximum total of $150,000 per site. For partners and
| | 28 |
| shareholders of subchapter S corporations, there shall be | | 29 |
| allowed a credit
under this subsection to be determined in | | 30 |
| accordance with the determination of
income and | | 31 |
| distributive share of income under Sections 702 and 704 and
| | 32 |
| subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code.
| | 33 |
| (ii) A credit allowed under this subsection that is | | 34 |
| unused in the year
the credit is earned may be carried |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 24 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| forward to each of the 5 taxable years
following the year | | 2 |
| for which the credit is first earned until it is used.
The | | 3 |
| term "unused credit" does not include any amounts of | | 4 |
| unreimbursed eligible
remediation costs in excess of the | | 5 |
| maximum credit per site authorized under
paragraph (i). | | 6 |
| This credit shall be applied first to the earliest year
for | | 7 |
| which there is a liability. If there is a credit under this | | 8 |
| subsection
from more than one tax year that is available to | | 9 |
| offset a liability, the
earliest credit arising under this | | 10 |
| subsection shall be applied first. A
credit allowed under | | 11 |
| this subsection may be sold to a buyer as part of a sale
of | | 12 |
| all or part of the remediation site for which the credit | | 13 |
| was granted. The
purchaser of a remediation site and the | | 14 |
| tax credit shall succeed to the unused
credit and remaining | | 15 |
| carry-forward period of the seller. To perfect the
| | 16 |
| transfer, the assignor shall record the transfer in the | | 17 |
| chain of title for the
site and provide written notice to | | 18 |
| the Director of the Illinois Department of
Revenue of the | | 19 |
| assignor's intent to sell the remediation site and the | | 20 |
| amount of
the tax credit to be transferred as a portion of | | 21 |
| the sale. In no event may a
credit be transferred to any | | 22 |
| taxpayer if the taxpayer or a related party would
not be | | 23 |
| eligible under the provisions of subsection (i).
| | 24 |
| (iii) For purposes of this Section, the term "site" | | 25 |
| shall have the same
meaning as under Section 58.2 of the | | 26 |
| Environmental Protection Act.
| | 27 |
| (m) Education expense credit. Beginning with tax years | | 28 |
| ending after
December 31, 1999, a taxpayer who
is the custodian | | 29 |
| of one or more qualifying pupils shall be allowed a credit
| | 30 |
| against the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this | | 31 |
| Section for
qualified education expenses incurred on behalf of | | 32 |
| the qualifying pupils.
The credit shall be equal to 25% of | | 33 |
| qualified education expenses, but in no
event may the total | | 34 |
| credit under this subsection claimed by a
family that is the
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 25 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| custodian of qualifying pupils exceed $500. In no event shall a | | 2 |
| credit under
this subsection reduce the taxpayer's liability | | 3 |
| under this Act to less than
zero. This subsection is exempt | | 4 |
| from the provisions of Section 250 of this
Act.
| | 5 |
| For purposes of this subsection:
| | 6 |
| "Qualifying pupils" means individuals who (i) are | | 7 |
| residents of the State of
Illinois, (ii) are under the age of | | 8 |
| 21 at the close of the school year for
which a credit is | | 9 |
| sought, and (iii) during the school year for which a credit
is | | 10 |
| sought were full-time pupils enrolled in a kindergarten through | | 11 |
| twelfth
grade education program at any school, as defined in | | 12 |
| this subsection.
| | 13 |
| "Qualified education expense" means the amount incurred
on | | 14 |
| behalf of a qualifying pupil in excess of $250 for tuition, | | 15 |
| book fees, and
lab fees at the school in which the pupil is | | 16 |
| enrolled during the regular school
year.
| | 17 |
| "School" means any public or nonpublic elementary or | | 18 |
| secondary school in
Illinois that is in compliance with Title | | 19 |
| VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964
and attendance at which | | 20 |
| satisfies the requirements of Section 26-1 of the
School Code, | | 21 |
| except that nothing shall be construed to require a child to
| | 22 |
| attend any particular public or nonpublic school to qualify for | | 23 |
| the credit
under this Section.
| | 24 |
| "Custodian" means, with respect to qualifying pupils, an | | 25 |
| Illinois resident
who is a parent, the parents, a legal | | 26 |
| guardian, or the legal guardians of the
qualifying pupils.
| | 27 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-12, eff.
7-1-01; 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 92-651, | | 28 |
| eff. 7-11-02; 92-846, eff. 8-23-02; 93-29,
eff. 6-20-03; | | 29 |
| revised 12-6-03.)
| | 30 |
| (35 ILCS 5/203) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-203)
| | 31 |
| Sec. 203. Base income defined.
| | 32 |
| (a) Individuals.
| | 33 |
| (1) In general. In the case of an individual, base |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 26 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| income means an
amount equal to the taxpayer's adjusted | | 2 |
| gross income for the taxable
year as modified by paragraph | | 3 |
| (2).
| | 4 |
| (2) Modifications. The adjusted gross income referred | | 5 |
| to in
paragraph (1) shall be modified by adding thereto the | | 6 |
| sum of the
following amounts:
| | 7 |
| (A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued | | 8 |
| to the taxpayer
as interest or dividends during the | | 9 |
| taxable year to the extent excluded
from gross income | | 10 |
| in the computation of adjusted gross income, except | | 11 |
| stock
dividends of qualified public utilities | | 12 |
| described in Section 305(e) of the
Internal Revenue | | 13 |
| Code;
| | 14 |
| (B) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by | | 15 |
| this Act to the
extent deducted from gross income in | | 16 |
| the computation of adjusted gross
income for the | | 17 |
| taxable year;
| | 18 |
| (C) An amount equal to the amount received during | | 19 |
| the taxable year
as a recovery or refund of real | | 20 |
| property taxes paid with respect to the
taxpayer's | | 21 |
| principal residence under the Revenue Act of
1939 and | | 22 |
| for which a deduction was previously taken under | | 23 |
| subparagraph (L) of
this paragraph (2) prior to July 1, | | 24 |
| 1991, the retrospective application date of
Article 4 | | 25 |
| of Public Act 87-17. In the case of multi-unit or | | 26 |
| multi-use
structures and farm dwellings, the taxes on | | 27 |
| the taxpayer's principal residence
shall be that | | 28 |
| portion of the total taxes for the entire property | | 29 |
| which is
attributable to such principal residence;
| | 30 |
| (D) An amount equal to the amount of the capital | | 31 |
| gain deduction
allowable under the Internal Revenue | | 32 |
| Code, to the extent deducted from gross
income in the | | 33 |
| computation of adjusted gross income;
| | 34 |
| (D-5) An amount, to the extent not included in |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 27 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| adjusted gross income,
equal to the amount of money | | 2 |
| withdrawn by the taxpayer in the taxable year from
a | | 3 |
| medical care savings account and the interest earned on | | 4 |
| the account in the
taxable year of a withdrawal | | 5 |
| pursuant to subsection (b) of Section 20 of the
Medical | | 6 |
| Care Savings Account Act or subsection (b) of Section | | 7 |
| 20 of the
Medical Care Savings Account Act of 2000;
| | 8 |
| (D-10) For taxable years ending after December 31, | | 9 |
| 1997, an
amount equal to any eligible remediation costs | | 10 |
| that the individual
deducted in computing adjusted | | 11 |
| gross income and for which the
individual claims a | | 12 |
| credit under subsection (l) of Section 201;
| | 13 |
| (D-15) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an | | 14 |
| amount equal to the
bonus depreciation deduction (30% | | 15 |
| of the adjusted basis of the qualified
property) taken | | 16 |
| on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the | | 17 |
| taxable
year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the | | 18 |
| Internal Revenue Code; and
| | 19 |
| (D-16) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or | | 20 |
| loss on the
taxpayer's federal income tax return for | | 21 |
| the taxable year based on a sale or
transfer of | | 22 |
| property for which the taxpayer was required in any | | 23 |
| taxable year to
make an addition modification under | | 24 |
| subparagraph (D-15), then an amount equal
to the | | 25 |
| aggregate amount of the deductions taken in all taxable
| | 26 |
| years under subparagraph (Z) with respect to that | | 27 |
| property. ;
| | 28 |
| The taxpayer is required to make the addition | | 29 |
| modification under this
subparagraph
only once with | | 30 |
| respect to any one piece of property; . and
| | 31 |
| (D-20)
(D-15) For taxable years beginning on or | | 32 |
| after January 1,
2002, in
the
case of a distribution | | 33 |
| from a qualified tuition program under Section 529 of
| | 34 |
| the Internal Revenue Code, other than (i) a |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 28 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| distribution from a College Savings
Pool created under | | 2 |
| Section 16.5 of the State Treasurer Act or (ii) a
| | 3 |
| distribution from the Illinois Prepaid Tuition Trust | | 4 |
| Fund, an amount equal to
the amount excluded from gross | | 5 |
| income under Section 529(c)(3)(B);
| | 6 |
| and by deducting from the total so obtained the
sum of the | | 7 |
| following amounts:
| | 8 |
| (E) For taxable years ending before December 31, | | 9 |
| 2001,
any amount included in such total in respect of | | 10 |
| any compensation
(including but not limited to any | | 11 |
| compensation paid or accrued to a
serviceman while a | | 12 |
| prisoner of war or missing in action) paid to a | | 13 |
| resident
by reason of being on active duty in the Armed | | 14 |
| Forces of the United States
and in respect of any | | 15 |
| compensation paid or accrued to a resident who as a
| | 16 |
| governmental employee was a prisoner of war or missing | | 17 |
| in action, and in
respect of any compensation paid to a | | 18 |
| resident in 1971 or thereafter for
annual training | | 19 |
| performed pursuant to Sections 502 and 503, Title 32,
| | 20 |
| United States Code as a member of the Illinois National | | 21 |
| Guard.
For taxable years ending on or after December | | 22 |
| 31, 2001, any amount included in
such total in respect | | 23 |
| of any compensation (including but not limited to any
| | 24 |
| compensation paid or accrued to a serviceman while a | | 25 |
| prisoner of war or missing
in action) paid to a | | 26 |
| resident by reason of being a member of any component | | 27 |
| of
the Armed Forces of the United States and in respect | | 28 |
| of any compensation paid
or accrued to a resident who | | 29 |
| as a governmental employee was a prisoner of war
or | | 30 |
| missing in action, and in respect of any compensation | | 31 |
| paid to a resident in
2001 or thereafter by reason of | | 32 |
| being a member of the Illinois National Guard.
The | | 33 |
| provisions of this amendatory Act of the 92nd General | | 34 |
| Assembly are exempt
from the provisions of Section 250;
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 29 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| (F) For taxable years beginning on or before | | 2 |
| January 1, 2005, an
An amount equal to all amounts | | 3 |
| included in such total pursuant
to the provisions of | | 4 |
| Sections 402(a), 402(c), 403(a), 403(b), 406(a), | | 5 |
| 407(a),
and 408 of the Internal Revenue Code, or | | 6 |
| included in such total as
distributions under the | | 7 |
| provisions of any retirement or disability plan for
| | 8 |
| employees of any governmental agency or unit, or | | 9 |
| retirement payments to
retired partners, which | | 10 |
| payments are excluded in computing net earnings
from | | 11 |
| self employment by Section 1402 of the Internal Revenue | | 12 |
| Code and
regulations adopted pursuant thereto; | | 13 |
| (F-5) For taxable years beginning after January 1, | | 14 |
| 2005, for those taxpayers who report an adjusted gross | | 15 |
| income of $74,999 ("the retirement threshold amount") | | 16 |
| or less, an amount equal to all amounts included in | | 17 |
| such total pursuant
to the provisions of Sections | | 18 |
| 402(a), 402(c), 403(a), 403(b), 406(a), 407(a),
and | | 19 |
| 408 of the Internal Revenue Code, or included in such | | 20 |
| total as
distributions under the provisions of any | | 21 |
| retirement or disability plan for
employees of any | | 22 |
| governmental agency or unit, or retirement payments to
| | 23 |
| retired partners, which payments are excluded in | | 24 |
| computing net earnings
from self employment by Section | | 25 |
| 1402 of the Internal Revenue Code and
regulations | | 26 |
| adopted pursuant thereto, provided that the retirement | | 27 |
| threshold amount shall increase annually for each tax | | 28 |
| year by the percentage increase, if any, in the | | 29 |
| Consumer Price Index published by the U.S. Bureau of | | 30 |
| Labor Statistics from July of the immediately | | 31 |
| preceding tax year to June 30 of the then current tax | | 32 |
| year;
| | 33 |
| (G) The valuation limitation amount;
| | 34 |
| (H) An amount equal to the amount of any tax |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 30 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| imposed by this Act
which was refunded to the taxpayer | | 2 |
| and included in such total for the
taxable year;
| | 3 |
| (I) An amount equal to all amounts included in such | | 4 |
| total pursuant
to the provisions of Section 111 of the | | 5 |
| Internal Revenue Code as a
recovery of items previously | | 6 |
| deducted from adjusted gross income in the
computation | | 7 |
| of taxable income;
| | 8 |
| (J) An amount equal to those dividends included in | | 9 |
| such total which were
paid by a corporation which | | 10 |
| conducts business operations in an Enterprise
Zone or | | 11 |
| zones created under the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, | | 12 |
| and conducts
substantially all of its operations in an | | 13 |
| Enterprise Zone or zones;
| | 14 |
| (K) An amount equal to those dividends included in | | 15 |
| such total that
were paid by a corporation that | | 16 |
| conducts business operations in a federally
designated | | 17 |
| Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is designated a | | 18 |
| High Impact
Business located in Illinois; provided | | 19 |
| that dividends eligible for the
deduction provided in | | 20 |
| subparagraph (J) of paragraph (2) of this subsection
| | 21 |
| shall not be eligible for the deduction provided under | | 22 |
| this subparagraph
(K);
| | 23 |
| (L) For taxable years ending after December 31, | | 24 |
| 1983, an amount equal to
all social security benefits | | 25 |
| and railroad retirement benefits included in
such | | 26 |
| total pursuant to Sections 72(r) and 86 of the Internal | | 27 |
| Revenue Code;
| | 28 |
| (M) With the exception of any amounts subtracted | | 29 |
| under subparagraph
(N), an amount equal to the sum of | | 30 |
| all amounts disallowed as
deductions by (i) Sections | | 31 |
| 171(a) (2), and 265(2) of the Internal Revenue Code
of | | 32 |
| 1954, as now or hereafter amended, and all amounts of | | 33 |
| expenses allocable
to interest and disallowed as | | 34 |
| deductions by Section 265(1) of the Internal
Revenue |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 31 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| Code of 1954, as now or hereafter amended;
and (ii) for | | 2 |
| taxable years
ending on or after August 13, 1999, | | 3 |
| Sections 171(a)(2), 265,
280C, and 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of | | 4 |
| the Internal Revenue Code; the provisions of this
| | 5 |
| subparagraph are exempt from the provisions of Section | | 6 |
| 250;
| | 7 |
| (N) An amount equal to all amounts included in such | | 8 |
| total which are
exempt from taxation by this State | | 9 |
| either by reason of its statutes or
Constitution
or by | | 10 |
| reason of the Constitution, treaties or statutes of the | | 11 |
| United States;
provided that, in the case of any | | 12 |
| statute of this State that exempts income
derived from | | 13 |
| bonds or other obligations from the tax imposed under | | 14 |
| this Act,
the amount exempted shall be the interest net | | 15 |
| of bond premium amortization;
| | 16 |
| (O) An amount equal to any contribution made to a | | 17 |
| job training
project established pursuant to the Tax | | 18 |
| Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act;
| | 19 |
| (P) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction | | 20 |
| used to compute the
federal income tax credit for | | 21 |
| restoration of substantial amounts held under
claim of | | 22 |
| right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of | | 23 |
| the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
| | 24 |
| (Q) An amount equal to any amounts included in such | | 25 |
| total, received by
the taxpayer as an acceleration in | | 26 |
| the payment of life, endowment or annuity
benefits in | | 27 |
| advance of the time they would otherwise be payable as | | 28 |
| an indemnity
for a terminal illness;
| | 29 |
| (R) An amount equal to the amount of any federal or | | 30 |
| State bonus paid
to veterans of the Persian Gulf War;
| | 31 |
| (S) An amount, to the extent included in adjusted | | 32 |
| gross income, equal
to the amount of a contribution | | 33 |
| made in the taxable year on behalf of the
taxpayer to a | | 34 |
| medical care savings account established under the |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 32 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| Medical Care
Savings Account Act or the Medical Care | | 2 |
| Savings Account Act of 2000 to the
extent the | | 3 |
| contribution is accepted by the account
administrator | | 4 |
| as provided in that Act;
| | 5 |
| (T) An amount, to the extent included in adjusted | | 6 |
| gross income, equal to
the amount of interest earned in | | 7 |
| the taxable year on a medical care savings
account | | 8 |
| established under the Medical Care Savings Account Act | | 9 |
| or the Medical
Care Savings Account Act of 2000 on | | 10 |
| behalf of the
taxpayer, other than interest added | | 11 |
| pursuant to item (D-5) of this paragraph
(2);
| | 12 |
| (U) For one taxable year beginning on or after | | 13 |
| January 1,
1994, an
amount equal to the total amount of | | 14 |
| tax imposed and paid under subsections (a)
and (b) of | | 15 |
| Section 201 of this Act on grant amounts received by | | 16 |
| the taxpayer
under the Nursing Home Grant Assistance | | 17 |
| Act during the taxpayer's taxable years
1992 and 1993;
| | 18 |
| (V) Beginning with tax years ending on or after | | 19 |
| December 31, 1995 and
ending with tax years ending on | | 20 |
| or before December 31, 2004, an amount equal to
the | | 21 |
| amount paid by a taxpayer who is a
self-employed | | 22 |
| taxpayer, a partner of a partnership, or a
shareholder | | 23 |
| in a Subchapter S corporation for health insurance or | | 24 |
| long-term
care insurance for that taxpayer or that | | 25 |
| taxpayer's spouse or dependents, to
the extent that the | | 26 |
| amount paid for that health insurance or long-term care
| | 27 |
| insurance may be deducted under Section 213 of the | | 28 |
| Internal Revenue Code of
1986, has not been deducted on | | 29 |
| the federal income tax return of the taxpayer,
and does | | 30 |
| not exceed the taxable income attributable to that | | 31 |
| taxpayer's income,
self-employment income, or | | 32 |
| Subchapter S corporation income; except that no
| | 33 |
| deduction shall be allowed under this item (V) if the | | 34 |
| taxpayer is eligible to
participate in any health |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 33 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| insurance or long-term care insurance plan of an
| | 2 |
| employer of the taxpayer or the taxpayer's
spouse. The | | 3 |
| amount of the health insurance and long-term care | | 4 |
| insurance
subtracted under this item (V) shall be | | 5 |
| determined by multiplying total
health insurance and | | 6 |
| long-term care insurance premiums paid by the taxpayer
| | 7 |
| times a number that represents the fractional | | 8 |
| percentage of eligible medical
expenses under Section | | 9 |
| 213 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 not actually
| | 10 |
| deducted on the taxpayer's federal income tax return;
| | 11 |
| (W) For taxable years beginning on or after January | | 12 |
| 1, 1998,
all amounts included in the taxpayer's federal | | 13 |
| gross income
in the taxable year from amounts converted | | 14 |
| from a regular IRA to a Roth IRA.
This paragraph is | | 15 |
| exempt from the provisions of Section
250;
| | 16 |
| (X) For taxable year 1999 and thereafter, an amount | | 17 |
| equal to the
amount of any (i) distributions, to the | | 18 |
| extent includible in gross income for
federal income | | 19 |
| tax purposes, made to the taxpayer because of his or | | 20 |
| her status
as a victim of persecution for racial or | | 21 |
| religious reasons by Nazi Germany or
any other Axis | | 22 |
| regime or as an heir of the victim and (ii) items
of | | 23 |
| income, to the extent
includible in gross income for | | 24 |
| federal income tax purposes, attributable to,
derived | | 25 |
| from or in any way related to assets stolen from, | | 26 |
| hidden from, or
otherwise lost to a victim of
| | 27 |
| persecution for racial or religious reasons by Nazi | | 28 |
| Germany or any other Axis
regime immediately prior to, | | 29 |
| during, and immediately after World War II,
including, | | 30 |
| but
not limited to, interest on the proceeds receivable | | 31 |
| as insurance
under policies issued to a victim of | | 32 |
| persecution for racial or religious
reasons
by Nazi | | 33 |
| Germany or any other Axis regime by European insurance | | 34 |
| companies
immediately prior to and during World War II;
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 34 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| provided, however, this subtraction from federal | | 2 |
| adjusted gross income does not
apply to assets acquired | | 3 |
| with such assets or with the proceeds from the sale of
| | 4 |
| such assets; provided, further, this paragraph shall | | 5 |
| only apply to a taxpayer
who was the first recipient of | | 6 |
| such assets after their recovery and who is a
victim of | | 7 |
| persecution for racial or religious reasons
by Nazi | | 8 |
| Germany or any other Axis regime or as an heir of the | | 9 |
| victim. The
amount of and the eligibility for any | | 10 |
| public assistance, benefit, or
similar entitlement is | | 11 |
| not affected by the inclusion of items (i) and (ii) of
| | 12 |
| this paragraph in gross income for federal income tax | | 13 |
| purposes.
This paragraph is exempt from the provisions | | 14 |
| of Section 250;
| | 15 |
| (Y) For taxable years beginning on or after January | | 16 |
| 1, 2002,
moneys contributed in the taxable year to a | | 17 |
| College Savings Pool account under
Section 16.5 of the | | 18 |
| State Treasurer Act, except that amounts excluded from
| | 19 |
| gross income under Section 529(c)(3)(C)(i) of the | | 20 |
| Internal Revenue Code
shall not be considered moneys | | 21 |
| contributed under this subparagraph (Y). This
| | 22 |
| subparagraph (Y) is exempt from the provisions of | | 23 |
| Section 250;
| | 24 |
| (Z) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the | | 25 |
| taxable year in
which the bonus depreciation deduction | | 26 |
| (30% of the adjusted basis of the
qualified property) | | 27 |
| is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return | | 28 |
| under
subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal | | 29 |
| Revenue Code and for each
applicable taxable year | | 30 |
| thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where:
| | 31 |
| (1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation | | 32 |
| deduction taken for the
taxable year
on the | | 33 |
| taxpayer's federal income tax return on property | | 34 |
| for which the bonus
depreciation deduction (30% of |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 35 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| the adjusted basis of the qualified property)
was | | 2 |
| taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section | | 3 |
| 168 of the Internal
Revenue Code, but not including | | 4 |
| the bonus depreciation deduction; and
| | 5 |
| (2) "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then | | 6 |
| divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by 0.429).
| | 7 |
| The aggregate amount deducted under this | | 8 |
| subparagraph in all taxable
years for any one piece of | | 9 |
| property may not exceed the amount of the bonus
| | 10 |
| depreciation deduction (30% of the adjusted basis of | | 11 |
| the qualified property)
taken on that property on the | | 12 |
| taxpayer's federal income tax return under
subsection | | 13 |
| (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code; and
| | 14 |
| (AA) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or loss | | 15 |
| on the taxpayer's
federal income tax return for the | | 16 |
| taxable year based on a sale or transfer of
property | | 17 |
| for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year | | 18 |
| to make an
addition modification under subparagraph | | 19 |
| (D-15), then an amount equal to that
addition | | 20 |
| modification.
| | 21 |
| The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under | | 22 |
| this subparagraph
only once with respect to any one | | 23 |
| piece of property; and
| | 24 |
| (BB)
(Z) Any amount included in adjusted gross | | 25 |
| income, other
than
salary,
received by a driver in a | | 26 |
| ridesharing arrangement using a motor vehicle.
| | 27 |
| (b) Corporations.
| | 28 |
| (1) In general. In the case of a corporation, base | | 29 |
| income means an
amount equal to the taxpayer's taxable | | 30 |
| income for the taxable year as
modified by paragraph (2).
| | 31 |
| (2) Modifications. The taxable income referred to in | | 32 |
| paragraph (1)
shall be modified by adding thereto the sum | | 33 |
| of the following amounts:
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 36 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| (A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued | | 2 |
| to the taxpayer
as interest and all distributions | | 3 |
| received from regulated investment
companies during | | 4 |
| the taxable year to the extent excluded from gross
| | 5 |
| income in the computation of taxable income;
| | 6 |
| (B) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by | | 7 |
| this Act to the
extent deducted from gross income in | | 8 |
| the computation of taxable income
for the taxable year;
| | 9 |
| (C) In the case of a regulated investment company, | | 10 |
| an amount equal to
the excess of (i) the net long-term | | 11 |
| capital gain for the taxable year, over
(ii) the amount | | 12 |
| of the capital gain dividends designated as such in | | 13 |
| accordance
with Section 852(b)(3)(C) of the Internal | | 14 |
| Revenue Code and any amount
designated under Section | | 15 |
| 852(b)(3)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code,
| | 16 |
| attributable to the taxable year (this amendatory Act | | 17 |
| of 1995
(Public Act 89-89) is declarative of existing | | 18 |
| law and is not a new
enactment);
| | 19 |
| (D) The amount of any net operating loss deduction | | 20 |
| taken in arriving
at taxable income, other than a net | | 21 |
| operating loss carried forward from a
taxable year | | 22 |
| ending prior to December 31, 1986;
| | 23 |
| (E) For taxable years in which a net operating loss | | 24 |
| carryback or
carryforward from a taxable year ending | | 25 |
| prior to December 31, 1986 is an
element of taxable | | 26 |
| income under paragraph (1) of subsection (e) or
| | 27 |
| subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (e), | | 28 |
| the amount by which
addition modifications other than | | 29 |
| those provided by this subparagraph (E)
exceeded | | 30 |
| subtraction modifications in such earlier taxable | | 31 |
| year, with the
following limitations applied in the | | 32 |
| order that they are listed:
| | 33 |
| (i) the addition modification relating to the | | 34 |
| net operating loss
carried back or forward to the |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 37 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| taxable year from any taxable year ending
prior to | | 2 |
| December 31, 1986 shall be reduced by the amount of | | 3 |
| addition
modification under this subparagraph (E) | | 4 |
| which related to that net operating
loss and which | | 5 |
| was taken into account in calculating the base | | 6 |
| income of an
earlier taxable year, and
| | 7 |
| (ii) the addition modification relating to the | | 8 |
| net operating loss
carried back or forward to the | | 9 |
| taxable year from any taxable year ending
prior to | | 10 |
| December 31, 1986 shall not exceed the amount of | | 11 |
| such carryback or
carryforward;
| | 12 |
| For taxable years in which there is a net operating | | 13 |
| loss carryback or
carryforward from more than one other | | 14 |
| taxable year ending prior to December
31, 1986, the | | 15 |
| addition modification provided in this subparagraph | | 16 |
| (E) shall
be the sum of the amounts computed | | 17 |
| independently under the preceding
provisions of this | | 18 |
| subparagraph (E) for each such taxable year;
| | 19 |
| (E-5) For taxable years ending after December 31, | | 20 |
| 1997, an
amount equal to any eligible remediation costs | | 21 |
| that the corporation
deducted in computing adjusted | | 22 |
| gross income and for which the
corporation claims a | | 23 |
| credit under subsection (l) of Section 201;
| | 24 |
| (E-10) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an | | 25 |
| amount equal to the
bonus depreciation deduction (30% | | 26 |
| of the adjusted basis of the qualified
property) taken | | 27 |
| on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the | | 28 |
| taxable
year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the | | 29 |
| Internal Revenue Code; and
| | 30 |
| (E-11) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or | | 31 |
| loss on the
taxpayer's federal income tax return for | | 32 |
| the taxable year based on a sale or
transfer of | | 33 |
| property for which the taxpayer was required in any | | 34 |
| taxable year to
make an addition modification under |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 38 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| subparagraph (E-10), then an amount equal
to the | | 2 |
| aggregate amount of the deductions taken in all taxable
| | 3 |
| years under subparagraph (T) with respect to that | | 4 |
| property. ;
| | 5 |
| The taxpayer is required to make the addition | | 6 |
| modification under this
subparagraph
only once with | | 7 |
| respect to any one piece of property;
| | 8 |
| and by deducting from the total so obtained the sum of the | | 9 |
| following
amounts:
| | 10 |
| (F) An amount equal to the amount of any tax | | 11 |
| imposed by this Act
which was refunded to the taxpayer | | 12 |
| and included in such total for the
taxable year;
| | 13 |
| (G) An amount equal to any amount included in such | | 14 |
| total under
Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code;
| | 15 |
| (H) In the case of a regulated investment company, | | 16 |
| an amount equal
to the amount of exempt interest | | 17 |
| dividends as defined in subsection (b)
(5) of Section | | 18 |
| 852 of the Internal Revenue Code, paid to shareholders
| | 19 |
| for the taxable year;
| | 20 |
| (I) With the exception of any amounts subtracted | | 21 |
| under subparagraph
(J),
an amount equal to the sum of | | 22 |
| all amounts disallowed as
deductions by (i) Sections | | 23 |
| 171(a) (2), and 265(a)(2) and amounts disallowed as
| | 24 |
| interest expense by Section 291(a)(3) of the Internal | | 25 |
| Revenue Code, as now
or hereafter amended, and all | | 26 |
| amounts of expenses allocable to interest and
| | 27 |
| disallowed as deductions by Section 265(a)(1) of the | | 28 |
| Internal Revenue Code,
as now or hereafter amended;
and | | 29 |
| (ii) for taxable years
ending on or after August 13, | | 30 |
| 1999, Sections
171(a)(2), 265,
280C, 291(a)(3), and | | 31 |
| 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code; the
| | 32 |
| provisions of this
subparagraph are exempt from the | | 33 |
| provisions of Section 250;
| | 34 |
| (J) An amount equal to all amounts included in such |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 39 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| total which are
exempt from taxation by this State | | 2 |
| either by reason of its statutes or
Constitution
or by | | 3 |
| reason of the Constitution, treaties or statutes of the | | 4 |
| United States;
provided that, in the case of any | | 5 |
| statute of this State that exempts income
derived from | | 6 |
| bonds or other obligations from the tax imposed under | | 7 |
| this Act,
the amount exempted shall be the interest net | | 8 |
| of bond premium amortization;
| | 9 |
| (K) (Blank);
An amount equal to those dividends | | 10 |
| included in such total
which were paid by a corporation | | 11 |
| which conducts
business operations in an Enterprise | | 12 |
| Zone or zones created under
the Illinois Enterprise | | 13 |
| Zone Act and conducts substantially all of its
| | 14 |
| operations in an Enterprise Zone or zones;
| | 15 |
| (L) (Blank);
An amount equal to those dividends | | 16 |
| included in such total that
were paid by a corporation | | 17 |
| that conducts business operations in a federally
| | 18 |
| designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is | | 19 |
| designated a High Impact
Business located in Illinois; | | 20 |
| provided that dividends eligible for the
deduction | | 21 |
| provided in subparagraph (K) of paragraph 2 of this | | 22 |
| subsection
shall not be eligible for the deduction | | 23 |
| provided under this subparagraph
(L);
| | 24 |
| (M) For any taxpayer that is a financial | | 25 |
| organization within the meaning
of Section 304(c) of | | 26 |
| this Act, an amount included in such total as interest
| | 27 |
| income from a loan or loans made by such taxpayer to a | | 28 |
| borrower, to the extent
that such a loan is secured by | | 29 |
| property which is eligible for the Enterprise
Zone | | 30 |
| Investment Credit. To determine the portion of a loan | | 31 |
| or loans that is
secured by property eligible for a | | 32 |
| Section 201(f) investment
credit to the borrower, the | | 33 |
| entire principal amount of the loan or loans
between | | 34 |
| the taxpayer and the borrower should be divided into |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 40 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| the basis of the
Section 201(f) investment credit | | 2 |
| property which secures the
loan or loans, using for | | 3 |
| this purpose the original basis of such property on
the | | 4 |
| date that it was placed in service in the
Enterprise | | 5 |
| Zone. The subtraction modification available to | | 6 |
| taxpayer in any
year under this subsection shall be | | 7 |
| that portion of the total interest paid
by the borrower | | 8 |
| with respect to such loan attributable to the eligible
| | 9 |
| property as calculated under the previous sentence;
| | 10 |
| (M-1) For any taxpayer that is a financial | | 11 |
| organization within the
meaning of Section 304(c) of | | 12 |
| this Act, an amount included in such total as
interest | | 13 |
| income from a loan or loans made by such taxpayer to a | | 14 |
| borrower,
to the extent that such a loan is secured by | | 15 |
| property which is eligible for
the High Impact Business | | 16 |
| Investment Credit. To determine the portion of a
loan | | 17 |
| or loans that is secured by property eligible for a | | 18 |
| Section 201(h) investment credit to the borrower, the | | 19 |
| entire principal amount of
the loan or loans between | | 20 |
| the taxpayer and the borrower should be divided into
| | 21 |
| the basis of the Section 201(h) investment credit | | 22 |
| property which
secures the loan or loans, using for | | 23 |
| this purpose the original basis of such
property on the | | 24 |
| date that it was placed in service in a federally | | 25 |
| designated
Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone located in | | 26 |
| Illinois. No taxpayer that is
eligible for the | | 27 |
| deduction provided in subparagraph (M) of paragraph | | 28 |
| (2) of
this subsection shall be eligible for the | | 29 |
| deduction provided under this
subparagraph (M-1). The | | 30 |
| subtraction modification available to taxpayers in
any | | 31 |
| year under this subsection shall be that portion of the | | 32 |
| total interest
paid by the borrower with respect to | | 33 |
| such loan attributable to the eligible
property as | | 34 |
| calculated under the previous sentence;
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 41 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| (N) Two times any contribution made during the | | 2 |
| taxable year to a
designated zone organization to the | | 3 |
| extent that the contribution (i)
qualifies as a | | 4 |
| charitable contribution under subsection (c) of | | 5 |
| Section 170
of the Internal Revenue Code and (ii) must, | | 6 |
| by its terms, be used for a
project approved by the | | 7 |
| Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity
| | 8 |
| Community Affairs under Section 11 of the Illinois | | 9 |
| Enterprise Zone Act;
| | 10 |
| (O) An amount equal to: (i) 85% for taxable years | | 11 |
| ending on or before
December 31, 1992, or, a percentage | | 12 |
| equal to the percentage allowable under
Section | | 13 |
| 243(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for | | 14 |
| taxable years ending
after December 31, 1992, of the | | 15 |
| amount by which dividends included in taxable
income | | 16 |
| and received from a corporation that is not created or | | 17 |
| organized under
the laws of the United States or any | | 18 |
| state or political subdivision thereof,
including, for | | 19 |
| taxable years ending on or after December 31, 1988, | | 20 |
| dividends
received or deemed received or paid or deemed | | 21 |
| paid under Sections 951 through
964 of the Internal | | 22 |
| Revenue Code, exceed the amount of the modification
| | 23 |
| provided under subparagraph (G) of paragraph (2) of | | 24 |
| this subsection (b) which
is related to such dividends; | | 25 |
| plus (ii) 100% of the amount by which dividends,
| | 26 |
| included in taxable income and received, including, | | 27 |
| for taxable years ending on
or after December 31, 1988, | | 28 |
| dividends received or deemed received or paid or
deemed | | 29 |
| paid under Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal | | 30 |
| Revenue Code, from
any such corporation specified in | | 31 |
| clause (i) that would but for the provisions
of Section | | 32 |
| 1504 (b) (3) of the Internal Revenue Code be treated as | | 33 |
| a member of
the affiliated group which includes the | | 34 |
| dividend recipient, exceed the amount
of the |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 42 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| modification provided under subparagraph (G) of | | 2 |
| paragraph (2) of this
subsection (b) which is related | | 3 |
| to such dividends;
| | 4 |
| (P) An amount equal to any contribution made to a | | 5 |
| job training project
established pursuant to the Tax | | 6 |
| Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act;
| | 7 |
| (Q) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction | | 8 |
| used to compute the
federal income tax credit for | | 9 |
| restoration of substantial amounts held under
claim of | | 10 |
| right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of | | 11 |
| the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
| | 12 |
| (R) In the case of an attorney-in-fact with respect | | 13 |
| to whom an
interinsurer or a reciprocal insurer has | | 14 |
| made the election under Section 835 of
the Internal | | 15 |
| Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. 835, an amount equal to the | | 16 |
| excess, if
any, of the amounts paid or incurred by that | | 17 |
| interinsurer or reciprocal insurer
in the taxable year | | 18 |
| to the attorney-in-fact over the deduction allowed to | | 19 |
| that
interinsurer or reciprocal insurer with respect | | 20 |
| to the attorney-in-fact under
Section 835(b) of the | | 21 |
| Internal Revenue Code for the taxable year;
| | 22 |
| (S) For taxable years ending on or after December | | 23 |
| 31, 1997, in the
case of a Subchapter
S corporation, an | | 24 |
| amount equal to all amounts of income allocable to a
| | 25 |
| shareholder subject to the Personal Property Tax | | 26 |
| Replacement Income Tax imposed
by subsections (c) and | | 27 |
| (d) of Section 201 of this Act, including amounts
| | 28 |
| allocable to organizations exempt from federal income | | 29 |
| tax by reason of Section
501(a) of the Internal Revenue | | 30 |
| Code. This subparagraph (S) is exempt from
the | | 31 |
| provisions of Section 250;
| | 32 |
| (T) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the | | 33 |
| taxable year in
which the bonus depreciation deduction | | 34 |
| (30% of the adjusted basis of the
qualified property) |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 43 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return | | 2 |
| under
subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal | | 3 |
| Revenue Code and for each
applicable taxable year | | 4 |
| thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where:
| | 5 |
| (1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation | | 6 |
| deduction taken for the
taxable year
on the | | 7 |
| taxpayer's federal income tax return on property | | 8 |
| for which the bonus
depreciation deduction (30% of | | 9 |
| the adjusted basis of the qualified property)
was | | 10 |
| taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section | | 11 |
| 168 of the Internal
Revenue Code, but not including | | 12 |
| the bonus depreciation deduction; and
| | 13 |
| (2) "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then | | 14 |
| divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by 0.429).
| | 15 |
| The aggregate amount deducted under this | | 16 |
| subparagraph in all taxable
years for any one piece of | | 17 |
| property may not exceed the amount of the bonus
| | 18 |
| depreciation deduction (30% of the adjusted basis of | | 19 |
| the qualified property)
taken on that property on the | | 20 |
| taxpayer's federal income tax return under
subsection | | 21 |
| (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code; and
| | 22 |
| (U) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or loss | | 23 |
| on the taxpayer's
federal income tax return for the | | 24 |
| taxable year based on a sale or transfer of
property | | 25 |
| for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year | | 26 |
| to make an
addition modification under subparagraph | | 27 |
| (E-10), then an amount equal to that
addition | | 28 |
| modification.
| | 29 |
| The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under | | 30 |
| this subparagraph
only once with respect to any one | | 31 |
| piece of property.
| | 32 |
| (3) Special rule. For purposes of paragraph (2) (A), | | 33 |
| "gross income"
in the case of a life insurance company, for | | 34 |
| tax years ending on and after
December 31, 1994,
shall mean |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 44 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| the gross investment income for the taxable year.
| | 2 |
| (c) Trusts and estates.
| | 3 |
| (1) In general. In the case of a trust or estate, base | | 4 |
| income means
an amount equal to the taxpayer's taxable | | 5 |
| income for the taxable year as
modified by paragraph (2).
| | 6 |
| (2) Modifications. Subject to the provisions of | | 7 |
| paragraph (3), the
taxable income referred to in paragraph | | 8 |
| (1) shall be modified by adding
thereto the sum of the | | 9 |
| following amounts:
| | 10 |
| (A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued | | 11 |
| to the taxpayer
as interest or dividends during the | | 12 |
| taxable year to the extent excluded
from gross income | | 13 |
| in the computation of taxable income;
| | 14 |
| (B) In the case of (i) an estate, $600; (ii) a | | 15 |
| trust which, under
its governing instrument, is | | 16 |
| required to distribute all of its income
currently, | | 17 |
| $300; and (iii) any other trust, $100, but in each such | | 18 |
| case,
only to the extent such amount was deducted in | | 19 |
| the computation of
taxable income;
| | 20 |
| (C) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by | | 21 |
| this Act to the
extent deducted from gross income in | | 22 |
| the computation of taxable income
for the taxable year;
| | 23 |
| (D) The amount of any net operating loss deduction | | 24 |
| taken in arriving at
taxable income, other than a net | | 25 |
| operating loss carried forward from a
taxable year | | 26 |
| ending prior to December 31, 1986;
| | 27 |
| (E) For taxable years in which a net operating loss | | 28 |
| carryback or
carryforward from a taxable year ending | | 29 |
| prior to December 31, 1986 is an
element of taxable | | 30 |
| income under paragraph (1) of subsection (e) or | | 31 |
| subparagraph
(E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (e), | | 32 |
| the amount by which addition
modifications other than | | 33 |
| those provided by this subparagraph (E) exceeded
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 45 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| subtraction modifications in such taxable year, with | | 2 |
| the following limitations
applied in the order that | | 3 |
| they are listed:
| | 4 |
| (i) the addition modification relating to the | | 5 |
| net operating loss
carried back or forward to the | | 6 |
| taxable year from any taxable year ending
prior to | | 7 |
| December 31, 1986 shall be reduced by the amount of | | 8 |
| addition
modification under this subparagraph (E) | | 9 |
| which related to that net
operating loss and which | | 10 |
| was taken into account in calculating the base
| | 11 |
| income of an earlier taxable year, and
| | 12 |
| (ii) the addition modification relating to the | | 13 |
| net operating loss
carried back or forward to the | | 14 |
| taxable year from any taxable year ending
prior to | | 15 |
| December 31, 1986 shall not exceed the amount of | | 16 |
| such carryback or
carryforward;
| | 17 |
| For taxable years in which there is a net operating | | 18 |
| loss carryback or
carryforward from more than one other | | 19 |
| taxable year ending prior to December
31, 1986, the | | 20 |
| addition modification provided in this subparagraph | | 21 |
| (E) shall
be the sum of the amounts computed | | 22 |
| independently under the preceding
provisions of this | | 23 |
| subparagraph (E) for each such taxable year;
| | 24 |
| (F) For taxable years ending on or after January 1, | | 25 |
| 1989, an amount
equal to the tax deducted pursuant to | | 26 |
| Section 164 of the Internal Revenue
Code if the trust | | 27 |
| or estate is claiming the same tax for purposes of the
| | 28 |
| Illinois foreign tax credit under Section 601 of this | | 29 |
| Act;
| | 30 |
| (G) An amount equal to the amount of the capital | | 31 |
| gain deduction
allowable under the Internal Revenue | | 32 |
| Code, to the extent deducted from
gross income in the | | 33 |
| computation of taxable income;
| | 34 |
| (G-5) For taxable years ending after December 31, |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 46 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| 1997, an
amount equal to any eligible remediation costs | | 2 |
| that the trust or estate
deducted in computing adjusted | | 3 |
| gross income and for which the trust
or estate claims a | | 4 |
| credit under subsection (l) of Section 201;
| | 5 |
| (G-10) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an | | 6 |
| amount equal to the
bonus depreciation deduction (30% | | 7 |
| of the adjusted basis of the qualified
property) taken | | 8 |
| on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the | | 9 |
| taxable
year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the | | 10 |
| Internal Revenue Code; and
| | 11 |
| (G-11) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or | | 12 |
| loss on the
taxpayer's federal income tax return for | | 13 |
| the taxable year based on a sale or
transfer of | | 14 |
| property for which the taxpayer was required in any | | 15 |
| taxable year to
make an addition modification under | | 16 |
| subparagraph (G-10), then an amount equal
to the | | 17 |
| aggregate amount of the deductions taken in all taxable
| | 18 |
| years under subparagraph (R) with respect to that | | 19 |
| property. ;
| | 20 |
| The taxpayer is required to make the addition | | 21 |
| modification under this
subparagraph
only once with | | 22 |
| respect to any one piece of property;
| | 23 |
| and by deducting from the total so obtained the sum of the | | 24 |
| following
amounts:
| | 25 |
| (H) An amount equal to all amounts included in such | | 26 |
| total pursuant
to the provisions of Sections 402(a), | | 27 |
| 402(c), 403(a), 403(b), 406(a), 407(a)
and 408 of the | | 28 |
| Internal Revenue Code or included in such total as
| | 29 |
| distributions under the provisions of any retirement | | 30 |
| or disability plan for
employees of any governmental | | 31 |
| agency or unit, or retirement payments to
retired | | 32 |
| partners, which payments are excluded in computing net | | 33 |
| earnings
from self employment by Section 1402 of the | | 34 |
| Internal Revenue Code and
regulations adopted pursuant |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 47 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| thereto;
| | 2 |
| (I) The valuation limitation amount;
| | 3 |
| (J) An amount equal to the amount of any tax | | 4 |
| imposed by this Act
which was refunded to the taxpayer | | 5 |
| and included in such total for the
taxable year;
| | 6 |
| (K) An amount equal to all amounts included in | | 7 |
| taxable income as
modified by subparagraphs (A), (B), | | 8 |
| (C), (D), (E), (F) and (G) which
are exempt from | | 9 |
| taxation by this State either by reason of its statutes | | 10 |
| or
Constitution
or by reason of the Constitution, | | 11 |
| treaties or statutes of the United States;
provided | | 12 |
| that, in the case of any statute of this State that | | 13 |
| exempts income
derived from bonds or other obligations | | 14 |
| from the tax imposed under this Act,
the amount | | 15 |
| exempted shall be the interest net of bond premium | | 16 |
| amortization;
| | 17 |
| (L) With the exception of any amounts subtracted | | 18 |
| under subparagraph
(K),
an amount equal to the sum of | | 19 |
| all amounts disallowed as
deductions by (i) Sections | | 20 |
| 171(a) (2) and 265(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue
Code, | | 21 |
| as now or hereafter amended, and all amounts of | | 22 |
| expenses allocable
to interest and disallowed as | | 23 |
| deductions by Section 265(1) of the Internal
Revenue | | 24 |
| Code of 1954, as now or hereafter amended;
and (ii) for | | 25 |
| taxable years
ending on or after August 13, 1999, | | 26 |
| Sections
171(a)(2), 265,
280C, and 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of | | 27 |
| the Internal Revenue Code; the provisions of this
| | 28 |
| subparagraph are exempt from the provisions of Section | | 29 |
| 250;
| | 30 |
| (M) An amount equal to those dividends included in | | 31 |
| such total
which were paid by a corporation which | | 32 |
| conducts business operations in an
Enterprise Zone or | | 33 |
| zones created under the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act | | 34 |
| and
conducts substantially all of its operations in an |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 48 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| Enterprise Zone or Zones;
| | 2 |
| (N) An amount equal to any contribution made to a | | 3 |
| job training
project established pursuant to the Tax | | 4 |
| Increment Allocation
Redevelopment Act;
| | 5 |
| (O) An amount equal to those dividends included in | | 6 |
| such total
that were paid by a corporation that | | 7 |
| conducts business operations in a
federally designated | | 8 |
| Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is designated
a | | 9 |
| High Impact Business located in Illinois; provided | | 10 |
| that dividends eligible
for the deduction provided in | | 11 |
| subparagraph (M) of paragraph (2) of this
subsection | | 12 |
| shall not be eligible for the deduction provided under | | 13 |
| this
subparagraph (O);
| | 14 |
| (P) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction | | 15 |
| used to compute the
federal income tax credit for | | 16 |
| restoration of substantial amounts held under
claim of | | 17 |
| right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of | | 18 |
| the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
| | 19 |
| (Q) For taxable year 1999 and thereafter, an amount | | 20 |
| equal to the
amount of any
(i) distributions, to the | | 21 |
| extent includible in gross income for
federal income | | 22 |
| tax purposes, made to the taxpayer because of
his or | | 23 |
| her status as a victim of
persecution for racial or | | 24 |
| religious reasons by Nazi Germany or any other Axis
| | 25 |
| regime or as an heir of the victim and (ii) items
of | | 26 |
| income, to the extent
includible in gross income for | | 27 |
| federal income tax purposes, attributable to,
derived | | 28 |
| from or in any way related to assets stolen from, | | 29 |
| hidden from, or
otherwise lost to a victim of
| | 30 |
| persecution for racial or religious reasons by Nazi
| | 31 |
| Germany or any other Axis regime
immediately prior to, | | 32 |
| during, and immediately after World War II, including,
| | 33 |
| but
not limited to, interest on the proceeds receivable | | 34 |
| as insurance
under policies issued to a victim of |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 49 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| persecution for racial or religious
reasons by Nazi | | 2 |
| Germany or any other Axis regime by European insurance
| | 3 |
| companies
immediately prior to and during World War II;
| | 4 |
| provided, however, this subtraction from federal | | 5 |
| adjusted gross income does not
apply to assets acquired | | 6 |
| with such assets or with the proceeds from the sale of
| | 7 |
| such assets; provided, further, this paragraph shall | | 8 |
| only apply to a taxpayer
who was the first recipient of | | 9 |
| such assets after their recovery and who is a
victim of
| | 10 |
| persecution for racial or religious reasons
by Nazi | | 11 |
| Germany or any other Axis regime or as an heir of the | | 12 |
| victim. The
amount of and the eligibility for any | | 13 |
| public assistance, benefit, or
similar entitlement is | | 14 |
| not affected by the inclusion of items (i) and (ii) of
| | 15 |
| this paragraph in gross income for federal income tax | | 16 |
| purposes.
This paragraph is exempt from the provisions | | 17 |
| of Section 250;
| | 18 |
| (R) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the | | 19 |
| taxable year in
which the bonus depreciation deduction | | 20 |
| (30% of the adjusted basis of the
qualified property) | | 21 |
| is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return | | 22 |
| under
subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal | | 23 |
| Revenue Code and for each
applicable taxable year | | 24 |
| thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where:
| | 25 |
| (1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation | | 26 |
| deduction taken for the
taxable year
on the | | 27 |
| taxpayer's federal income tax return on property | | 28 |
| for which the bonus
depreciation deduction (30% of | | 29 |
| the adjusted basis of the qualified property)
was | | 30 |
| taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section | | 31 |
| 168 of the Internal
Revenue Code, but not including | | 32 |
| the bonus depreciation deduction; and
| | 33 |
| (2) "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then | | 34 |
| divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by 0.429).
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 50 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| The aggregate amount deducted under this | | 2 |
| subparagraph in all taxable
years for any one piece of | | 3 |
| property may not exceed the amount of the bonus
| | 4 |
| depreciation deduction (30% of the adjusted basis of | | 5 |
| the qualified property)
taken on that property on the | | 6 |
| taxpayer's federal income tax return under
subsection | | 7 |
| (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code; and
| | 8 |
| (S) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or loss | | 9 |
| on the taxpayer's
federal income tax return for the | | 10 |
| taxable year based on a sale or transfer of
property | | 11 |
| for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year | | 12 |
| to make an
addition modification under subparagraph | | 13 |
| (G-10), then an amount equal to that
addition | | 14 |
| modification.
| | 15 |
| The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under | | 16 |
| this subparagraph
only once with respect to any one | | 17 |
| piece of property.
| | 18 |
| (3) Limitation. The amount of any modification | | 19 |
| otherwise required
under this subsection shall, under | | 20 |
| regulations prescribed by the
Department, be adjusted by | | 21 |
| any amounts included therein which were
properly paid, | | 22 |
| credited, or required to be distributed, or permanently set
| | 23 |
| aside for charitable purposes pursuant to Internal Revenue | | 24 |
| Code Section
642(c) during the taxable year.
| | 25 |
| (d) Partnerships.
| | 26 |
| (1) In general. In the case of a partnership, base | | 27 |
| income means an
amount equal to the taxpayer's taxable | | 28 |
| income for the taxable year as
modified by paragraph (2).
| | 29 |
| (2) Modifications. The taxable income referred to in | | 30 |
| paragraph (1)
shall be modified by adding thereto the sum | | 31 |
| of the following amounts:
| | 32 |
| (A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued | | 33 |
| to the taxpayer as
interest or dividends during the |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 51 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| taxable year to the extent excluded from
gross income | | 2 |
| in the computation of taxable income;
| | 3 |
| (B) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by | | 4 |
| this Act to the
extent deducted from gross income for | | 5 |
| the taxable year;
| | 6 |
| (C) The amount of deductions allowed to the | | 7 |
| partnership pursuant to
Section 707 (c) of the Internal | | 8 |
| Revenue Code in calculating its taxable income;
| | 9 |
| (D) An amount equal to the amount of the capital | | 10 |
| gain deduction
allowable under the Internal Revenue | | 11 |
| Code, to the extent deducted from
gross income in the | | 12 |
| computation of taxable income;
| | 13 |
| (D-5) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an | | 14 |
| amount equal to the
bonus depreciation deduction (30% | | 15 |
| of the adjusted basis of the qualified
property) taken | | 16 |
| on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the | | 17 |
| taxable
year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the | | 18 |
| Internal Revenue Code; and
| | 19 |
| (D-6) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or | | 20 |
| loss on the taxpayer's
federal income tax return for | | 21 |
| the taxable year based on a sale or transfer of
| | 22 |
| property for which the taxpayer was required in any | | 23 |
| taxable year to make an
addition modification under | | 24 |
| subparagraph (D-5), then an amount equal to the
| | 25 |
| aggregate amount of the deductions taken in all taxable | | 26 |
| years
under subparagraph (O) with respect to that | | 27 |
| property. ;
| | 28 |
| The taxpayer is required to make the addition | | 29 |
| modification under this
subparagraph
only once with | | 30 |
| respect to any one piece of property;
| | 31 |
| and by deducting from the total so obtained the following | | 32 |
| amounts:
| | 33 |
| (E) The valuation limitation amount;
| | 34 |
| (F) An amount equal to the amount of any tax |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 52 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| imposed by this Act which
was refunded to the taxpayer | | 2 |
| and included in such total for the taxable year;
| | 3 |
| (G) An amount equal to all amounts included in | | 4 |
| taxable income as
modified by subparagraphs (A), (B), | | 5 |
| (C) and (D) which are exempt from
taxation by this | | 6 |
| State either by reason of its statutes or Constitution | | 7 |
| or
by reason of
the Constitution, treaties or statutes | | 8 |
| of the United States;
provided that, in the case of any | | 9 |
| statute of this State that exempts income
derived from | | 10 |
| bonds or other obligations from the tax imposed under | | 11 |
| this Act,
the amount exempted shall be the interest net | | 12 |
| of bond premium amortization;
| | 13 |
| (H) Any income of the partnership which | | 14 |
| constitutes personal service
income as defined in | | 15 |
| Section 1348 (b) (1) of the Internal Revenue Code (as
| | 16 |
| in effect December 31, 1981) or a reasonable allowance | | 17 |
| for compensation
paid or accrued for services rendered | | 18 |
| by partners to the partnership,
whichever is greater;
| | 19 |
| (I) An amount equal to all amounts of income | | 20 |
| distributable to an entity
subject to the Personal | | 21 |
| Property Tax Replacement Income Tax imposed by
| | 22 |
| subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act | | 23 |
| including amounts
distributable to organizations | | 24 |
| exempt from federal income tax by reason of
Section | | 25 |
| 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code;
| | 26 |
| (J) With the exception of any amounts subtracted | | 27 |
| under subparagraph
(G),
an amount equal to the sum of | | 28 |
| all amounts disallowed as deductions
by (i) Sections | | 29 |
| 171(a) (2), and 265(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of | | 30 |
| 1954,
as now or hereafter amended, and all amounts of | | 31 |
| expenses allocable to
interest and disallowed as | | 32 |
| deductions by Section 265(1) of the Internal
Revenue | | 33 |
| Code, as now or hereafter amended;
and (ii) for taxable | | 34 |
| years
ending on or after August 13, 1999, Sections
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 53 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| 171(a)(2), 265,
280C, and 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of the | | 2 |
| Internal Revenue Code; the provisions of this
| | 3 |
| subparagraph are exempt from the provisions of Section | | 4 |
| 250;
| | 5 |
| (K) An amount equal to those dividends included in | | 6 |
| such total which were
paid by a corporation which | | 7 |
| conducts business operations in an Enterprise
Zone or | | 8 |
| zones created under the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, | | 9 |
| enacted by
the 82nd General Assembly, and
conducts | | 10 |
| substantially all of its operations
in an Enterprise | | 11 |
| Zone or Zones;
| | 12 |
| (L) An amount equal to any contribution made to a | | 13 |
| job training project
established pursuant to the Real | | 14 |
| Property Tax Increment Allocation
Redevelopment Act;
| | 15 |
| (M) An amount equal to those dividends included in | | 16 |
| such total
that were paid by a corporation that | | 17 |
| conducts business operations in a
federally designated | | 18 |
| Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is designated a
| | 19 |
| High Impact Business located in Illinois; provided | | 20 |
| that dividends eligible
for the deduction provided in | | 21 |
| subparagraph (K) of paragraph (2) of this
subsection | | 22 |
| shall not be eligible for the deduction provided under | | 23 |
| this
subparagraph (M);
| | 24 |
| (N) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction | | 25 |
| used to compute the
federal income tax credit for | | 26 |
| restoration of substantial amounts held under
claim of | | 27 |
| right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of | | 28 |
| the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
| | 29 |
| (O) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the | | 30 |
| taxable year in
which the bonus depreciation deduction | | 31 |
| (30% of the adjusted basis of the
qualified property) | | 32 |
| is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return | | 33 |
| under
subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal | | 34 |
| Revenue Code and for each
applicable taxable year |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 54 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where:
| | 2 |
| (1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation | | 3 |
| deduction taken for the
taxable year
on the | | 4 |
| taxpayer's federal income tax return on property | | 5 |
| for which the bonus
depreciation deduction (30% of | | 6 |
| the adjusted basis of the qualified property)
was | | 7 |
| taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section | | 8 |
| 168 of the Internal
Revenue Code, but not including | | 9 |
| the bonus depreciation deduction; and
| | 10 |
| (2) "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then | | 11 |
| divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by 0.429).
| | 12 |
| The aggregate amount deducted under this | | 13 |
| subparagraph in all taxable
years for any one piece of | | 14 |
| property may not exceed the amount of the bonus
| | 15 |
| depreciation deduction (30% of the adjusted basis of | | 16 |
| the qualified property)
taken on that property on the | | 17 |
| taxpayer's federal income tax return under
subsection | | 18 |
| (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code; and
| | 19 |
| (P) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or loss | | 20 |
| on the taxpayer's
federal income tax return for the | | 21 |
| taxable year based on a sale or transfer of
property | | 22 |
| for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year | | 23 |
| to make an
addition modification under subparagraph | | 24 |
| (D-5), then an amount equal to that
addition | | 25 |
| modification.
| | 26 |
| The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under | | 27 |
| this subparagraph
only once with respect to any one | | 28 |
| piece of property.
| | 29 |
| (e) Gross income; adjusted gross income; taxable income.
| | 30 |
| (1) In general. Subject to the provisions of paragraph | | 31 |
| (2) and
subsection (b) (3), for purposes of this Section | | 32 |
| and Section 803(e), a
taxpayer's gross income, adjusted | | 33 |
| gross income, or taxable income for
the taxable year shall |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 55 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| mean the amount of gross income, adjusted gross
income or | | 2 |
| taxable income properly reportable for federal income tax
| | 3 |
| purposes for the taxable year under the provisions of the | | 4 |
| Internal
Revenue Code. Taxable income may be less than | | 5 |
| zero. However, for taxable
years ending on or after | | 6 |
| December 31, 1986, net operating loss
carryforwards from | | 7 |
| taxable years ending prior to December 31, 1986, may not
| | 8 |
| exceed the sum of federal taxable income for the taxable | | 9 |
| year before net
operating loss deduction, plus the excess | | 10 |
| of addition modifications over
subtraction modifications | | 11 |
| for the taxable year. For taxable years ending
prior to | | 12 |
| December 31, 1986, taxable income may never be an amount in | | 13 |
| excess
of the net operating loss for the taxable year as | | 14 |
| defined in subsections
(c) and (d) of Section 172 of the | | 15 |
| Internal Revenue Code, provided that when
taxable income of | | 16 |
| a corporation (other than a Subchapter S corporation),
| | 17 |
| trust, or estate is less than zero and addition | | 18 |
| modifications, other than
those provided by subparagraph | | 19 |
| (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) for
corporations or | | 20 |
| subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) for
| | 21 |
| trusts and estates, exceed subtraction modifications, an | | 22 |
| addition
modification must be made under those | | 23 |
| subparagraphs for any other taxable
year to which the | | 24 |
| taxable income less than zero (net operating loss) is
| | 25 |
| applied under Section 172 of the Internal Revenue Code or | | 26 |
| under
subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of this subsection | | 27 |
| (e) applied in
conjunction with Section 172 of the Internal | | 28 |
| Revenue Code.
| | 29 |
| (2) Special rule. For purposes of paragraph (1) of this | | 30 |
| subsection,
the taxable income properly reportable for | | 31 |
| federal income tax purposes
shall mean:
| | 32 |
| (A) Certain life insurance companies. In the case | | 33 |
| of a life
insurance company subject to the tax imposed | | 34 |
| by Section 801 of the
Internal Revenue Code, life |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 56 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| insurance company taxable income, plus the
amount of | | 2 |
| distribution from pre-1984 policyholder surplus | | 3 |
| accounts as
calculated under Section 815a of the | | 4 |
| Internal Revenue Code;
| | 5 |
| (B) Certain other insurance companies. In the case | | 6 |
| of mutual
insurance companies subject to the tax | | 7 |
| imposed by Section 831 of the
Internal Revenue Code, | | 8 |
| insurance company taxable income;
| | 9 |
| (C) Regulated investment companies. In the case of | | 10 |
| a regulated
investment company subject to the tax | | 11 |
| imposed by Section 852 of the
Internal Revenue Code, | | 12 |
| investment company taxable income;
| | 13 |
| (D) Real estate investment trusts. In the case of a | | 14 |
| real estate
investment trust subject to the tax imposed | | 15 |
| by Section 857 of the
Internal Revenue Code, real | | 16 |
| estate investment trust taxable income;
| | 17 |
| (E) Consolidated corporations. In the case of a | | 18 |
| corporation which
is a member of an affiliated group of | | 19 |
| corporations filing a consolidated
income tax return | | 20 |
| for the taxable year for federal income tax purposes,
| | 21 |
| taxable income determined as if such corporation had | | 22 |
| filed a separate
return for federal income tax purposes | | 23 |
| for the taxable year and each
preceding taxable year | | 24 |
| for which it was a member of an affiliated group.
For | | 25 |
| purposes of this subparagraph, the taxpayer's separate | | 26 |
| taxable
income shall be determined as if the election | | 27 |
| provided by Section
243(b) (2) of the Internal Revenue | | 28 |
| Code had been in effect for all such years;
| | 29 |
| (F) Cooperatives. In the case of a cooperative | | 30 |
| corporation or
association, the taxable income of such | | 31 |
| organization determined in
accordance with the | | 32 |
| provisions of Section 1381 through 1388 of the
Internal | | 33 |
| Revenue Code;
| | 34 |
| (G) Subchapter S corporations. In the case of: (i) |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 57 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| a Subchapter S
corporation for which there is in effect | | 2 |
| an election for the taxable year
under Section 1362 of | | 3 |
| the Internal Revenue Code, the taxable income of such
| | 4 |
| corporation determined in accordance with Section | | 5 |
| 1363(b) of the Internal
Revenue Code, except that | | 6 |
| taxable income shall take into
account those items | | 7 |
| which are required by Section 1363(b)(1) of the
| | 8 |
| Internal Revenue Code to be separately stated; and (ii) | | 9 |
| a Subchapter
S corporation for which there is in effect | | 10 |
| a federal election to opt out of
the provisions of the | | 11 |
| Subchapter S Revision Act of 1982 and have applied
| | 12 |
| instead the prior federal Subchapter S rules as in | | 13 |
| effect on July 1, 1982,
the taxable income of such | | 14 |
| corporation determined in accordance with the
federal | | 15 |
| Subchapter S rules as in effect on July 1, 1982; and
| | 16 |
| (H) Partnerships. In the case of a partnership, | | 17 |
| taxable income
determined in accordance with Section | | 18 |
| 703 of the Internal Revenue Code,
except that taxable | | 19 |
| income shall take into account those items which are
| | 20 |
| required by Section 703(a)(1) to be separately stated | | 21 |
| but which would be
taken into account by an individual | | 22 |
| in calculating his taxable income.
| | 23 |
| (f) Valuation limitation amount.
| | 24 |
| (1) In general. The valuation limitation amount | | 25 |
| referred to in
subsections (a) (2) (G), (c) (2) (I) and | | 26 |
| (d)(2) (E) is an amount equal to:
| | 27 |
| (A) The sum of the pre-August 1, 1969 appreciation | | 28 |
| amounts (to the
extent consisting of gain reportable | | 29 |
| under the provisions of Section
1245 or 1250 of the | | 30 |
| Internal Revenue Code) for all property in respect
of | | 31 |
| which such gain was reported for the taxable year; plus
| | 32 |
| (B) The lesser of (i) the sum of the pre-August 1, | | 33 |
| 1969 appreciation
amounts (to the extent consisting of |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 58 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| capital gain) for all property in
respect of which such | | 2 |
| gain was reported for federal income tax purposes
for | | 3 |
| the taxable year, or (ii) the net capital gain for the | | 4 |
| taxable year,
reduced in either case by any amount of | | 5 |
| such gain included in the amount
determined under | | 6 |
| subsection (a) (2) (F) or (c) (2) (H).
| | 7 |
| (2) Pre-August 1, 1969 appreciation amount.
| | 8 |
| (A) If the fair market value of property referred | | 9 |
| to in paragraph
(1) was readily ascertainable on August | | 10 |
| 1, 1969, the pre-August 1, 1969
appreciation amount for | | 11 |
| such property is the lesser of (i) the excess of
such | | 12 |
| fair market value over the taxpayer's basis (for | | 13 |
| determining gain)
for such property on that date | | 14 |
| (determined under the Internal Revenue
Code as in | | 15 |
| effect on that date), or (ii) the total gain realized | | 16 |
| and
reportable for federal income tax purposes in | | 17 |
| respect of the sale,
exchange or other disposition of | | 18 |
| such property.
| | 19 |
| (B) If the fair market value of property referred | | 20 |
| to in paragraph
(1) was not readily ascertainable on | | 21 |
| August 1, 1969, the pre-August 1,
1969 appreciation | | 22 |
| amount for such property is that amount which bears
the | | 23 |
| same ratio to the total gain reported in respect of the | | 24 |
| property for
federal income tax purposes for the | | 25 |
| taxable year, as the number of full
calendar months in | | 26 |
| that part of the taxpayer's holding period for the
| | 27 |
| property ending July 31, 1969 bears to the number of | | 28 |
| full calendar
months in the taxpayer's entire holding | | 29 |
| period for the
property.
| | 30 |
| (C) The Department shall prescribe such | | 31 |
| regulations as may be
necessary to carry out the | | 32 |
| purposes of this paragraph.
| | 33 |
| (g) Double deductions. Unless specifically provided |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 59 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| otherwise, nothing
in this Section shall permit the same item | | 2 |
| to be deducted more than once.
| | 3 |
| (h) Legislative intention. Except as expressly provided by | | 4 |
| this
Section there shall be no modifications or limitations on | | 5 |
| the amounts
of income, gain, loss or deduction taken into | | 6 |
| account in determining
gross income, adjusted gross income or | | 7 |
| taxable income for federal income
tax purposes for the taxable | | 8 |
| year, or in the amount of such items
entering into the | | 9 |
| computation of base income and net income under this
Act for | | 10 |
| such taxable year, whether in respect of property values as of
| | 11 |
| August 1, 1969 or otherwise.
| | 12 |
| (Source: P.A. 91-192, eff. 7-20-99; 91-205, eff. 7-20-99; | | 13 |
| 91-357, eff.
7-29-99; 91-541, eff. 8-13-99; 91-676, eff. | | 14 |
| 12-23-99; 91-845, eff. 6-22-00;
91-913, eff. 1-1-01; 92-16, | | 15 |
| eff. 6-28-01; 92-244, eff. 8-3-01; 92-439, eff.
8-17-01; | | 16 |
| 92-603, eff. 6-28-02; 92-626, eff. 7-11-02; 92-651, eff. | | 17 |
| 7-11-02;
92-846, eff. 8-23-02; revised 10-15-03.)
| | 18 |
| (35 ILCS 5/247 new) | | 19 |
| Sec. 247. Family Tax Credit. | | 20 |
| (a) For taxable years beginning after January 1, 2005, each | | 21 |
| taxpayer who is a
natural person or is a married couple filing | | 22 |
| jointly that reports total annual income of $47,000 or less | | 23 |
| (the "eligibility cap"), is entitled to a refundable tax credit | | 24 |
| known as the Family Tax Credit in those amounts identified in | | 25 |
| subsection (b) of this Section. The Family Tax Credit may be | | 26 |
| claimed only upon proper filing of an Illinois State income tax | | 27 |
| return by an eligible taxpayer. The eligibility cap shall | | 28 |
| increase for each tax year beginning after December 31, 2005, | | 29 |
| by an amount equal to the percentage increase, if any, in the | | 30 |
| Consumer Price Index ("CPI") published by the U.S. Bureau of | | 31 |
| Labor Statistics for the immediately preceding tax year, | | 32 |
| multiplied by the eligibility cap for that immediately |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 60 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| preceding tax year. | | 2 |
| (b) The amount of Family Tax Credit an eligible taxpayer | | 3 |
| may claim will vary in
amount, based on the following table: | | | 4 | | | |
| 5 | | Total Annual Income
| Credit
|
|
| 6 | | Less than $16,000
| $200
|
|
| 7 | | $16,000 or more but less than $29,000
| $350
|
|
| 8 | | $29,000 or more but less than $47,001
|
$230
|
| | 9 |
| The dollar ranges of Total Annual Income identified in each | | 10 |
| category, as well as the value of the credit for that category, | | 11 |
| shall increase in each tax year beginning after December 31, | | 12 |
| 2005 by an amount equal to the applicable Total Annual Income | | 13 |
| category or credit amount, as the case may be, increased by the | | 14 |
| percentage increase, if any, in the CPI for the immediately | | 15 |
| preceding tax year. The Department of Revenue shall update the | | 16 |
| Total Annual Income category and credit amounts for the Family | | 17 |
| Tax Credit annually and distribute the updated table with the | | 18 |
| Illinois personal income tax returns. | | 19 |
| (c) If the amount of the Family Tax Credit exceeds the | | 20 |
| income tax liability of an eligible taxpayer, the State shall | | 21 |
| refund to the taxpayer the difference between the Family Tax | | 22 |
| Credit and the taxpayer's income tax liability. | | 23 |
| (d) This Section is exempt from the provisions of Section | | 24 |
| 250 of this Act. |
|
| 25 |
| Section 15. The Use Tax Act is amended by changing Section | | 26 |
| 2 as follows:
| | 27 |
| (35 ILCS 105/2) (from Ch. 120, par. 439.2)
| | 28 |
| Sec. 2. "Use" means the exercise by any person of any right | | 29 |
| or power over
tangible personal property incident to the | | 30 |
| ownership of that property,
except that it does not include the |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 61 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| sale of such property in any form as
tangible personal property | | 2 |
| in the regular course of business to the extent
that such | | 3 |
| property is not first subjected to a use for which it was
| | 4 |
| purchased, and does not include the use of such property by its | | 5 |
| owner for
demonstration purposes: Provided that the property | | 6 |
| purchased is deemed to
be purchased for the purpose of resale, | | 7 |
| despite first being used, to the
extent to which it is resold | | 8 |
| as an ingredient of an intentionally produced
product or | | 9 |
| by-product of manufacturing. "Use" does not mean the | | 10 |
| demonstration
use or interim use of tangible personal property | | 11 |
| by a retailer before he sells
that tangible personal property. | | 12 |
| For watercraft or aircraft, if the period of
demonstration use | | 13 |
| or interim use by the retailer exceeds 18 months,
the retailer
| | 14 |
| shall pay on the retailers' original cost price the tax imposed | | 15 |
| by this Act,
and no credit for that tax is permitted if the | | 16 |
| watercraft or aircraft is
subsequently sold by the retailer. | | 17 |
| "Use" does not mean the physical
incorporation of tangible | | 18 |
| personal property, to the extent not first subjected
to a use | | 19 |
| for which it was purchased, as an ingredient or constituent, | | 20 |
| into
other tangible personal property (a) which is sold in the | | 21 |
| regular course of
business or (b) which the person | | 22 |
| incorporating such ingredient or constituent
therein has | | 23 |
| undertaken at the time of such purchase to cause to be | | 24 |
| transported
in interstate commerce to destinations outside the | | 25 |
| State of Illinois: Provided
that the property purchased is | | 26 |
| deemed to be purchased for the purpose of
resale, despite first | | 27 |
| being used, to the extent to which it is resold as an
| | 28 |
| ingredient of an intentionally produced product or by-product | | 29 |
| of manufacturing.
| | 30 |
| "Watercraft" means a Class 2, Class 3, or Class 4 | | 31 |
| watercraft as defined in
Section 3-2 of the Boat Registration | | 32 |
| and Safety Act, a personal watercraft, or
any boat equipped | | 33 |
| with an inboard motor.
| | 34 |
| "Purchase at retail" means the acquisition of the ownership |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 62 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| of or title
to tangible personal property through a sale at | | 2 |
| retail.
| | 3 |
| "Purchaser" means anyone who, through a sale at retail, | | 4 |
| acquires the
ownership of tangible personal property for a | | 5 |
| valuable consideration.
| | 6 |
| "Sale at retail" means any transfer of the ownership of or | | 7 |
| title to
tangible personal property to a purchaser, for the | | 8 |
| purpose of use, and not
for the purpose of resale in any form | | 9 |
| as tangible personal property to the
extent not first subjected | | 10 |
| to a use for which it was purchased, for a
valuable | | 11 |
| consideration: Provided that the property purchased is deemed | | 12 |
| to
be purchased for the purpose of resale, despite first being | | 13 |
| used, to the
extent to which it is resold as an ingredient of | | 14 |
| an intentionally produced
product or by-product of | | 15 |
| manufacturing. For this purpose, slag produced as
an incident | | 16 |
| to manufacturing pig iron or steel and sold is considered to be
| | 17 |
| an intentionally produced by-product of manufacturing. "Sale | | 18 |
| at retail"
includes any such transfer made for resale unless | | 19 |
| made in compliance with
Section 2c of the Retailers' Occupation | | 20 |
| Tax Act, as incorporated by
reference into Section 12 of this | | 21 |
| Act. Transactions whereby the possession
of the property is | | 22 |
| transferred but the seller retains the title as security
for | | 23 |
| payment of the selling price are sales.
| | 24 |
| "Sale at retail" shall also be construed to include any | | 25 |
| Illinois
florist's sales transaction in which the purchase | | 26 |
| order is received in
Illinois by a florist and the sale is for | | 27 |
| use or consumption, but the
Illinois florist has a florist in | | 28 |
| another state deliver the property to the
purchaser or the | | 29 |
| purchaser's donee in such other state.
| | 30 |
| Nonreusable tangible personal property that is used by | | 31 |
| persons engaged in
the business of operating a restaurant, | | 32 |
| cafeteria, or drive-in is a sale for
resale when it is | | 33 |
| transferred to customers in the ordinary course of business
as | | 34 |
| part of the sale of food or beverages and is used to deliver, |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 63 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| package, or
consume food or beverages, regardless of where | | 2 |
| consumption of the food or
beverages occurs. Examples of those | | 3 |
| items include, but are not limited to
nonreusable, paper and | | 4 |
| plastic cups, plates, baskets, boxes, sleeves, buckets
or other | | 5 |
| containers, utensils, straws, placemats, napkins, doggie bags, | | 6 |
| and
wrapping or packaging
materials that are transferred to | | 7 |
| customers as part of the sale of food or
beverages in the | | 8 |
| ordinary course of business.
| | 9 |
| The purchase, employment and transfer of such tangible | | 10 |
| personal property
as newsprint and ink for the primary purpose | | 11 |
| of conveying news (with or
without other information) is not a | | 12 |
| purchase, use or sale of tangible
personal property.
| | 13 |
| "Selling price" means the consideration for a sale valued | | 14 |
| in money
whether received in money or otherwise, including | | 15 |
| cash, credits, property
other than as hereinafter provided, and | | 16 |
| services, but not including the
value of or credit given for | | 17 |
| traded-in tangible personal property where the
item that is | | 18 |
| traded-in is of like kind and character as that which is being
| | 19 |
| sold, and shall be determined without any deduction on account | | 20 |
| of the cost
of the property sold, the cost of materials used, | | 21 |
| labor or service cost or
any other expense whatsoever, but does | | 22 |
| not include interest or finance
charges which appear as | | 23 |
| separate items on the bill of sale or sales
contract nor | | 24 |
| charges that are added to prices by sellers on account of the
| | 25 |
| seller's tax liability under the "Retailers' Occupation Tax | | 26 |
| Act", or on
account of the seller's duty to collect, from the | | 27 |
| purchaser, the tax that
is imposed by this Act, or on account | | 28 |
| of the seller's tax liability under
Section 8-11-1 of the | | 29 |
| Illinois Municipal Code, as heretofore and hereafter
amended, | | 30 |
| or on account of the seller's tax liability under the "County
| | 31 |
| Retailers' Occupation Tax Act". Effective December 1, 1985, | | 32 |
| "selling price"
shall include charges that are added to prices | | 33 |
| by sellers on account of the
seller's tax liability under the | | 34 |
| Cigarette Tax Act, on account of the seller's
duty to collect, |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 64 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| from the purchaser, the tax imposed under the Cigarette Use
Tax | | 2 |
| Act, and on account of the seller's duty to collect, from the | | 3 |
| purchaser,
any cigarette tax imposed by a home rule unit.
| | 4 |
| The phrase "like kind and character" shall be liberally | | 5 |
| construed
(including but not limited to any form of motor | | 6 |
| vehicle for any form of
motor vehicle, or any kind of farm or | | 7 |
| agricultural implement for any other
kind of farm or | | 8 |
| agricultural implement), while not including a kind of item
| | 9 |
| which, if sold at retail by that retailer, would be exempt from | | 10 |
| retailers'
occupation tax and use tax as an isolated or | | 11 |
| occasional sale.
| | 12 |
| "Department" means the Department of Revenue.
| | 13 |
| "Person" means any natural individual, firm, partnership, | | 14 |
| association,
joint stock company, joint adventure, public or | | 15 |
| private corporation, limited
liability company, or a
receiver, | | 16 |
| executor, trustee, guardian or other representative appointed
| | 17 |
| by order of any court.
| | 18 |
| "Retailer" means and includes every person engaged in the | | 19 |
| business of
making sales at retail as defined in this Section.
| | 20 |
| A person who holds himself or herself out as being engaged | | 21 |
| (or who habitually
engages) in selling tangible personal | | 22 |
| property at retail is a retailer
hereunder with respect to such | | 23 |
| sales (and not primarily in a service
occupation) | | 24 |
| notwithstanding the fact that such person designs and produces
| | 25 |
| such tangible personal property on special order for the | | 26 |
| purchaser and in
such a way as to render the property of value | | 27 |
| only to such purchaser, if
such tangible personal property so | | 28 |
| produced on special order serves
substantially the same | | 29 |
| function as stock or standard items of tangible
personal | | 30 |
| property that are sold at retail.
| | 31 |
| A person whose activities are organized and conducted | | 32 |
| primarily as a
not-for-profit service enterprise, and who | | 33 |
| engages in selling tangible
personal property at retail | | 34 |
| (whether to the public or merely to members and
their guests) |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 65 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| is a retailer with respect to such transactions, excepting
only | | 2 |
| a person organized and operated exclusively for charitable, | | 3 |
| religious
or educational purposes either (1), to the extent of | | 4 |
| sales by such person
to its members, students, patients or | | 5 |
| inmates of tangible personal property
to be used primarily for | | 6 |
| the purposes of such person, or (2), to the extent
of sales by | | 7 |
| such person of tangible personal property which is not sold or
| | 8 |
| offered for sale by persons organized for profit. The selling | | 9 |
| of school
books and school supplies by schools at retail to | | 10 |
| students is not
"primarily for the purposes of" the school | | 11 |
| which does such selling. This
paragraph does not apply to nor | | 12 |
| subject to taxation occasional dinners,
social or similar | | 13 |
| activities of a person organized and operated exclusively
for | | 14 |
| charitable, religious or educational purposes, whether or not | | 15 |
| such
activities are open to the public.
| | 16 |
| A person who is the recipient of a grant or contract under | | 17 |
| Title VII of
the Older Americans Act of 1965 (P.L. 92-258) and | | 18 |
| serves meals to
participants in the federal Nutrition Program | | 19 |
| for the Elderly in return for
contributions established in | | 20 |
| amount by the individual participant pursuant
to a schedule of | | 21 |
| suggested fees as provided for in the federal Act is not a
| | 22 |
| retailer under this Act with respect to such transactions.
| | 23 |
| Persons who engage in the business of transferring tangible | | 24 |
| personal
property upon the redemption of trading stamps are | | 25 |
| retailers hereunder when
engaged in such business.
| | 26 |
| The isolated or occasional sale of tangible personal | | 27 |
| property at retail
by a person who does not hold himself out as | | 28 |
| being engaged (or who does not
habitually engage) in selling | | 29 |
| such tangible personal property at retail or
a sale through a | | 30 |
| bulk vending machine does not make such person a retailer
| | 31 |
| hereunder. However, any person who is engaged in a business | | 32 |
| which is not
subject to the tax imposed by the "Retailers' | | 33 |
| Occupation Tax Act" because
of involving the sale of or a | | 34 |
| contract to sell real estate or a
construction contract to |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 66 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| improve real estate, but who, in the course of
conducting such | | 2 |
| business, transfers tangible personal property to users or
| | 3 |
| consumers in the finished form in which it was purchased, and | | 4 |
| which does
not become real estate, under any provision of a | | 5 |
| construction contract or
real estate sale or real estate sales | | 6 |
| agreement entered into with some
other person arising out of or | | 7 |
| because of such nontaxable business, is a
retailer to the | | 8 |
| extent of the value of the tangible personal property so
| | 9 |
| transferred. If, in such transaction, a separate charge is made | | 10 |
| for the
tangible personal property so transferred, the value of | | 11 |
| such property, for
the purposes of this Act, is the amount so | | 12 |
| separately charged, but not less
than the cost of such property | | 13 |
| to the transferor; if no separate charge is
made, the value of | | 14 |
| such property, for the purposes of this Act, is the cost
to the | | 15 |
| transferor of such tangible personal property.
| | 16 |
| "Retailer maintaining a place of business in this State", | | 17 |
| or any like
term, means and includes any of the following | | 18 |
| retailers:
| | 19 |
| 1. A retailer having or maintaining within this State, | | 20 |
| directly or by
a subsidiary, an office, distribution house, | | 21 |
| sales house, warehouse or other
place of business, or any | | 22 |
| agent or other representative operating within this
State | | 23 |
| under the authority of the retailer or its subsidiary, | | 24 |
| irrespective of
whether such place of business or agent or | | 25 |
| other representative is located here
permanently or | | 26 |
| temporarily, or whether such retailer or subsidiary is | | 27 |
| licensed
to do business in this State. However, the | | 28 |
| ownership of property that is
located at the premises of a | | 29 |
| printer with which the retailer has contracted for
printing | | 30 |
| and that consists of the final printed product, property | | 31 |
| that becomes
a part of the final printed product, or copy | | 32 |
| from which the printed product is
produced shall not result | | 33 |
| in the retailer being deemed to have or maintain an
office, | | 34 |
| distribution house, sales house, warehouse, or other place |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 67 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| of business
within this State.
| | 2 |
| 2. A retailer soliciting orders for tangible personal | | 3 |
| property by
means of a telecommunication or television | | 4 |
| shopping system (which utilizes toll
free numbers) which is | | 5 |
| intended by the retailer to be broadcast by cable
| | 6 |
| television or other means of broadcasting, to consumers | | 7 |
| located in this State.
| | 8 |
| 3. A retailer, pursuant to a contract with a | | 9 |
| broadcaster or publisher
located in this State, soliciting | | 10 |
| orders for tangible personal property by
means of | | 11 |
| advertising which is disseminated primarily to consumers | | 12 |
| located in
this State and only secondarily to bordering | | 13 |
| jurisdictions.
| | 14 |
| 4. A retailer soliciting orders for tangible personal | | 15 |
| property by mail
if the solicitations are substantial and | | 16 |
| recurring and if the retailer benefits
from any banking, | | 17 |
| financing, debt collection, telecommunication, or | | 18 |
| marketing
activities occurring in this State or benefits | | 19 |
| from the location in this State
of authorized installation, | | 20 |
| servicing, or repair facilities.
| | 21 |
| 5. A retailer that is owned or controlled by the same | | 22 |
| interests that own
or control any retailer engaging in | | 23 |
| business in the same or similar line of
business in this | | 24 |
| State.
| | 25 |
| 6. A retailer having a franchisee or licensee operating | | 26 |
| under its trade
name if the franchisee or licensee is | | 27 |
| required to collect the tax under this
Section.
| | 28 |
| 7. A retailer, pursuant to a contract with a cable | | 29 |
| television operator
located in this State, soliciting | | 30 |
| orders for tangible personal property by
means of | | 31 |
| advertising which is transmitted or distributed over a | | 32 |
| cable
television system in this State.
| | 33 |
| 8. A retailer engaging in activities in Illinois, which | | 34 |
| activities in
the state in which the retail business |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 68 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| engaging in such activities is located
would constitute | | 2 |
| maintaining a place of business in that state.
| | 3 |
| "Bulk vending machine" means a vending machine,
containing | | 4 |
| unsorted confections, nuts, toys, or other items designed
| | 5 |
| primarily to be used or played with by children
which, when a | | 6 |
| coin or coins of a denomination not larger than $0.50 are | | 7 |
| inserted, are dispensed in equal portions, at random and
| | 8 |
| without selection by the customer.
| | 9 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-213, eff. 1-1-02.)
|
|
| 10 |
| (35 ILCS 105/3-50 rep.) (from Ch. 120, par. 439.3-50)
| | 11 |
| Section 17. The Use Tax Act is amended by repealing Section | | 12 |
| 3-50. |
|
| 13 |
| Section 20. The Service Use Tax Act is amended by changing | | 14 |
| Section 2 as follows:
| | 15 |
| (35 ILCS 110/2) (from Ch. 120, par. 439.32)
| | 16 |
| Sec. 2. "Use" means the exercise by any person of any right | | 17 |
| or power
over tangible personal property incident to the | | 18 |
| ownership of that
property, but does not include the sale or | | 19 |
| use for demonstration by him
of that property in any form as | | 20 |
| tangible personal property in the
regular course of business.
| | 21 |
| "Use" does not mean the interim
use of
tangible personal | | 22 |
| property nor the physical incorporation of tangible
personal | | 23 |
| property, as an ingredient or constituent, into other tangible
| | 24 |
| personal property, (a) which is sold in the regular course of | | 25 |
| business
or (b) which the person incorporating such ingredient | | 26 |
| or constituent
therein has undertaken at the time of such | | 27 |
| purchase to cause to be
transported in interstate commerce to | | 28 |
| destinations outside the State of
Illinois.
| | 29 |
| "Purchased from a serviceman" means the acquisition of the | | 30 |
| ownership
of, or title to, tangible personal property through a | | 31 |
| sale of service.
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 69 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| "Purchaser" means any person who, through a sale of | | 2 |
| service, acquires
the ownership of, or title to, any tangible | | 3 |
| personal property.
| | 4 |
| "Cost price" means the consideration paid by the serviceman | | 5 |
| for a
purchase valued in money, whether paid in money or | | 6 |
| otherwise, including
cash, credits and services, and shall be | | 7 |
| determined without any
deduction on account of the supplier's | | 8 |
| cost of the property sold or on
account of any other expense | | 9 |
| incurred by the supplier. When a serviceman
contracts out part | | 10 |
| or all of the services required in his sale of service,
it | | 11 |
| shall be presumed that the cost price to the serviceman of the | | 12 |
| property
transferred to him or her by his or her subcontractor | | 13 |
| is equal to 50% of
the subcontractor's charges to the | | 14 |
| serviceman in the absence of proof of
the consideration paid by | | 15 |
| the subcontractor for the purchase of such property.
| | 16 |
| "Selling price" means the consideration for a sale valued | | 17 |
| in money
whether received in money or otherwise, including | | 18 |
| cash, credits and
service, and shall be determined without any | | 19 |
| deduction on account of the
serviceman's cost of the property | | 20 |
| sold, the cost of materials used,
labor or service cost or any | | 21 |
| other expense whatsoever, but does not
include interest or | | 22 |
| finance charges which appear as separate items on
the bill of | | 23 |
| sale or sales contract nor charges that are added to prices
by | | 24 |
| sellers on account of the seller's duty to collect, from the
| | 25 |
| purchaser, the tax that is imposed by this Act.
| | 26 |
| "Department" means the Department of Revenue.
| | 27 |
| "Person" means any natural individual, firm, partnership,
| | 28 |
| association, joint stock company, joint venture, public or | | 29 |
| private
corporation, limited liability company, and any | | 30 |
| receiver, executor, trustee,
guardian or other representative | | 31 |
| appointed by order of any court.
| | 32 |
| "Sale of service" means any transaction except:
| | 33 |
| (1) a retail sale of tangible personal property taxable | | 34 |
| under the
Retailers' Occupation Tax Act or under the Use |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 70 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| Tax Act.
| | 2 |
| (2) a sale of tangible personal property for the | | 3 |
| purpose of resale
made in compliance with Section 2c of the | | 4 |
| Retailers' Occupation Tax Act.
| | 5 |
| (3) except as hereinafter provided, a sale or transfer | | 6 |
| of tangible
personal property as an incident to the | | 7 |
| rendering of service for or by
any governmental body, or | | 8 |
| for or by any corporation, society,
association, | | 9 |
| foundation or institution organized and operated
| | 10 |
| exclusively for charitable, religious or educational | | 11 |
| purposes or any
not-for-profit corporation, society, | | 12 |
| association, foundation,
institution or organization which | | 13 |
| has no compensated officers or
employees and which is | | 14 |
| organized and operated primarily for the
recreation of | | 15 |
| persons 55 years of age or older. A limited liability | | 16 |
| company
may qualify for the exemption under this paragraph | | 17 |
| only if the limited
liability company is organized and | | 18 |
| operated exclusively for educational
purposes.
| | 19 |
| (4) a sale or transfer of tangible personal
property as | | 20 |
| an incident to the
rendering of service for interstate | | 21 |
| carriers for hire for use as rolling stock
moving in | | 22 |
| interstate commerce or by lessors under a lease of one year | | 23 |
| or
longer, executed or in effect at the time of purchase of | | 24 |
| personal property, to
interstate carriers for hire for use | | 25 |
| as rolling stock moving in interstate
commerce so long as | | 26 |
| so used by such interstate carriers for hire, and equipment
| | 27 |
| operated by a telecommunications provider, licensed as a | | 28 |
| common carrier by the
Federal Communications Commission, | | 29 |
| which is permanently installed in or affixed
to aircraft | | 30 |
| moving in interstate commerce.
| | 31 |
| (4a) a sale or transfer of tangible personal
property | | 32 |
| as an incident
to the rendering of service for owners, | | 33 |
| lessors, or shippers of tangible
personal property which is | | 34 |
| utilized by interstate carriers for hire for
use as rolling |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 71 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| stock moving in interstate commerce so long as so used by
| | 2 |
| interstate carriers for hire, and equipment operated by a
| | 3 |
| telecommunications provider, licensed as a common carrier | | 4 |
| by the Federal
Communications Commission, which is | | 5 |
| permanently installed in or affixed to
aircraft moving in | | 6 |
| interstate commerce.
| | 7 |
| (4a-5) on and after July 1, 2003, a sale or transfer of | | 8 |
| a motor vehicle
of
the
second division with a gross vehicle | | 9 |
| weight in excess of 8,000 pounds as an
incident to the | | 10 |
| rendering of service if that motor
vehicle is subject
to | | 11 |
| the commercial distribution fee imposed under Section | | 12 |
| 3-815.1 of the
Illinois Vehicle
Code. This exemption | | 13 |
| applies to repair and replacement parts added after the
| | 14 |
| initial
purchase of such a motor vehicle if that motor | | 15 |
| vehicle is used in a manner that
would
qualify for the | | 16 |
| rolling stock exemption otherwise provided for in this Act.
| | 17 |
| (5) a sale or transfer of machinery and equipment used | | 18 |
| primarily in the
process of the manufacturing or | | 19 |
| assembling, either in an existing, an expanded
or a new | | 20 |
| manufacturing facility, of tangible personal property for | | 21 |
| wholesale or
retail sale or lease, whether such sale or | | 22 |
| lease is made directly by the
manufacturer or by some other | | 23 |
| person, whether the materials used in the process
are owned | | 24 |
| by the manufacturer or some other person, or whether such | | 25 |
| sale or
lease is made apart from or as an incident to the | | 26 |
| seller's engaging in a
service occupation and the | | 27 |
| applicable tax is a Service Use Tax or Service
Occupation | | 28 |
| Tax, rather than Use Tax or Retailers' Occupation Tax.
| | 29 |
| (5a) the repairing, reconditioning or remodeling, for | | 30 |
| a
common carrier by rail, of tangible personal property | | 31 |
| which belongs to such
carrier for hire, and as to which | | 32 |
| such carrier receives the physical possession
of the | | 33 |
| repaired, reconditioned or remodeled item of tangible | | 34 |
| personal property
in Illinois, and which such carrier |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 72 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| transports, or shares with another common
carrier in the | | 2 |
| transportation of such property, out of Illinois on a | | 3 |
| standard
uniform bill of lading showing the person who | | 4 |
| repaired, reconditioned or
remodeled the property to a | | 5 |
| destination outside Illinois, for use outside
Illinois.
| | 6 |
| (5b) a sale or transfer of tangible personal property | | 7 |
| which is produced by
the seller thereof on special order in | | 8 |
| such a way as to have made the
applicable tax the Service | | 9 |
| Occupation Tax or the Service Use Tax, rather than
the | | 10 |
| Retailers' Occupation Tax or the Use Tax, for an interstate | | 11 |
| carrier by rail
which receives the physical possession of | | 12 |
| such property in Illinois, and which
transports such | | 13 |
| property, or shares with another common carrier in the
| | 14 |
| transportation of such property, out of Illinois on a | | 15 |
| standard uniform bill of
lading showing the seller of the | | 16 |
| property as the shipper or consignor of such
property to a | | 17 |
| destination outside Illinois, for use outside Illinois.
| | 18 |
| (6) until July 1, 2003, a sale or transfer of | | 19 |
| distillation machinery
and equipment, sold
as a unit or kit | | 20 |
| and assembled or installed by the retailer, which
machinery | | 21 |
| and equipment is certified by the user to be used only for | | 22 |
| the
production of ethyl alcohol that will be used for | | 23 |
| consumption as motor fuel
or as a component of motor fuel | | 24 |
| for the personal use of such user and not
subject to sale | | 25 |
| or resale.
| | 26 |
| (7) at the election of any serviceman not required to | | 27 |
| be
otherwise registered as a retailer under Section 2a of | | 28 |
| the Retailers'
Occupation Tax Act, made for each fiscal | | 29 |
| year sales
of service in which the aggregate annual cost | | 30 |
| price of tangible
personal property transferred as an | | 31 |
| incident to the sales of service is
less than 35%, or 75% | | 32 |
| in the case of servicemen transferring prescription
drugs | | 33 |
| or servicemen engaged in graphic arts production, of the | | 34 |
| aggregate
annual total gross receipts from all sales of |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 73 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| service. The purchase of
such tangible personal property by | | 2 |
| the serviceman shall be subject to tax
under the Retailers' | | 3 |
| Occupation Tax Act and the Use Tax Act.
However, if a
| | 4 |
| primary serviceman who has made the election described in | | 5 |
| this paragraph
subcontracts service work to a secondary | | 6 |
| serviceman who has also made the
election described in this | | 7 |
| paragraph, the primary serviceman does not
incur a Use Tax | | 8 |
| liability if the secondary serviceman (i) has paid or will | | 9 |
| pay
Use
Tax on his or her cost price of any tangible | | 10 |
| personal property transferred
to the primary serviceman | | 11 |
| and (ii) certifies that fact in writing to the
primary
| | 12 |
| serviceman.
| | 13 |
| Tangible personal property transferred incident to the | | 14 |
| completion of a
maintenance agreement is exempt from the tax | | 15 |
| imposed pursuant to this Act.
| | 16 |
| Exemption (5) also includes machinery and equipment used in | | 17 |
| the general
maintenance or repair of such exempt machinery and | | 18 |
| equipment or for in-house
manufacture of exempt machinery and | | 19 |
| equipment. For the purposes of exemption
(5), each of these | | 20 |
| terms shall have the following meanings: (1) "manufacturing
| | 21 |
| process" shall mean the production of any article of tangible | | 22 |
| personal
property, whether such article is a finished product | | 23 |
| or an article for use in
the process of manufacturing or | | 24 |
| assembling a different article of tangible
personal property, | | 25 |
| by procedures commonly regarded as manufacturing,
processing, | | 26 |
| fabricating, or refining which changes some existing
material | | 27 |
| or materials into a material with a different form, use or
| | 28 |
| name. In relation to a recognized integrated business composed | | 29 |
| of a
series of operations which collectively constitute | | 30 |
| manufacturing, or
individually constitute manufacturing | | 31 |
| operations, the manufacturing
process shall be deemed to | | 32 |
| commence with the first operation or stage of
production in the | | 33 |
| series, and shall not be deemed to end until the
completion of | | 34 |
| the final product in the last operation or stage of
production |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 74 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| in the series; and further, for purposes of exemption (5),
| | 2 |
| photoprocessing is deemed to be a manufacturing process of | | 3 |
| tangible
personal property for wholesale or retail sale; (2) | | 4 |
| "assembling process" shall
mean the production of any article | | 5 |
| of tangible personal property, whether such
article is a | | 6 |
| finished product or an article for use in the process of
| | 7 |
| manufacturing or assembling a different article of tangible | | 8 |
| personal
property, by the combination of existing materials in | | 9 |
| a manner commonly
regarded as assembling which results in a | | 10 |
| material of a different form,
use or name; (3) "machinery" | | 11 |
| shall mean major mechanical machines or
major components of | | 12 |
| such machines contributing to a manufacturing or
assembling | | 13 |
| process; and (4) "equipment" shall include any independent
| | 14 |
| device or tool separate from any machinery but essential to an
| | 15 |
| integrated manufacturing or assembly process; including | | 16 |
| computers
used primarily in a manufacturer's computer
assisted | | 17 |
| design, computer assisted manufacturing (CAD/CAM) system;
or | | 18 |
| any subunit or assembly comprising a component of any machinery | | 19 |
| or
auxiliary, adjunct or attachment parts of machinery, such as | | 20 |
| tools, dies,
jigs, fixtures, patterns and molds; or any parts | | 21 |
| which require periodic
replacement in the course of normal | | 22 |
| operation; but shall not include hand
tools.
Equipment includes | | 23 |
| chemicals or chemicals acting as catalysts but only if the
| | 24 |
| chemicals or chemicals acting as catalysts effect a direct and | | 25 |
| immediate change
upon a
product being manufactured or assembled | | 26 |
| for wholesale or retail sale or
lease.
The purchaser of such | | 27 |
| machinery and equipment who has an active
resale registration | | 28 |
| number shall furnish such number to the seller at the
time of | | 29 |
| purchase. The user of such machinery and equipment and tools
| | 30 |
| without an active resale registration number shall prepare a | | 31 |
| certificate of
exemption for each transaction stating facts | | 32 |
| establishing the exemption for
that transaction, which | | 33 |
| certificate shall be available to the Department
for inspection | | 34 |
| or audit. The Department shall prescribe the form of the
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 75 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| certificate.
| | 2 |
| Any informal rulings, opinions or letters issued by the | | 3 |
| Department in
response to an inquiry or request for any opinion | | 4 |
| from any person
regarding the coverage and applicability of | | 5 |
| exemption (5) to specific
devices shall be published, | | 6 |
| maintained as a public record, and made
available for public | | 7 |
| inspection and copying. If the informal ruling,
opinion or | | 8 |
| letter contains trade secrets or other confidential
| | 9 |
| information, where possible the Department shall delete such | | 10 |
| information
prior to publication. Whenever such informal | | 11 |
| rulings, opinions, or
letters contain any policy of general | | 12 |
| applicability, the Department
shall formulate and adopt such | | 13 |
| policy as a rule in accordance with the
provisions of the | | 14 |
| Illinois Administrative Procedure Act.
| | 15 |
| On and after July 1, 1987, no entity otherwise eligible | | 16 |
| under exemption
(3) of this Section shall make tax free | | 17 |
| purchases unless it has an active
exemption identification | | 18 |
| number issued by the Department.
| | 19 |
| The purchase, employment and transfer of such tangible | | 20 |
| personal
property as newsprint and ink for the primary purpose | | 21 |
| of conveying news
(with or without other information) is not a | | 22 |
| purchase, use or sale of
service or of tangible personal | | 23 |
| property within the meaning of this Act.
| | 24 |
| "Serviceman" means any person who is engaged in the | | 25 |
| occupation of
making sales of service.
| | 26 |
| "Sale at retail" means "sale at retail" as defined in the | | 27 |
| Retailers'
Occupation Tax Act.
| | 28 |
| "Supplier" means any person who makes sales of tangible | | 29 |
| personal
property to servicemen for the purpose of resale as an | | 30 |
| incident to a
sale of service.
| | 31 |
| "Serviceman maintaining a place of business in this State", | | 32 |
| or any
like term, means and includes any serviceman:
| | 33 |
| 1. having or maintaining within this State, directly or | | 34 |
| by a
subsidiary, an office, distribution house, sales |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 76 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| house, warehouse or
other place of business, or any agent | | 2 |
| or other representative operating
within this State under | | 3 |
| the authority of the serviceman or its
subsidiary, | | 4 |
| irrespective of whether such place of business or agent or
| | 5 |
| other representative is located here permanently or | | 6 |
| temporarily, or
whether such serviceman or subsidiary is | | 7 |
| licensed to do business in this
State;
| | 8 |
| 2. soliciting orders for tangible personal property by | | 9 |
| means of a
telecommunication or television shopping system | | 10 |
| (which utilizes toll free
numbers) which is intended by the | | 11 |
| retailer to be broadcast by cable
television or other means | | 12 |
| of broadcasting, to consumers located in this State;
| | 13 |
| 3. pursuant to a contract with a broadcaster or | | 14 |
| publisher located in this
State, soliciting orders for | | 15 |
| tangible personal property by means of advertising
which is | | 16 |
| disseminated primarily to consumers located in this State | | 17 |
| and only
secondarily to bordering jurisdictions;
| | 18 |
| 4. soliciting orders for tangible personal property by | | 19 |
| mail if the
solicitations are substantial and recurring and | | 20 |
| if the retailer benefits
from any banking, financing, debt | | 21 |
| collection, telecommunication, or
marketing activities | | 22 |
| occurring in this State or benefits from the location
in | | 23 |
| this State of authorized installation, servicing, or | | 24 |
| repair facilities;
| | 25 |
| 5. being owned or controlled by the same interests | | 26 |
| which own or
control any retailer engaging in business in | | 27 |
| the same or similar line of
business in this State;
| | 28 |
| 6. having a franchisee or licensee operating under its | | 29 |
| trade name if
the franchisee or licensee is required to | | 30 |
| collect the tax under this Section;
| | 31 |
| 7. pursuant to a contract with a cable television | | 32 |
| operator located in
this State, soliciting orders for | | 33 |
| tangible personal property by means of
advertising which is | | 34 |
| transmitted or distributed over a cable television
system |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 77 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| in this State; or
| | 2 |
| 8. engaging in activities in Illinois, which | | 3 |
| activities in the
state in which the supply business | | 4 |
| engaging in such activities is located
would constitute | | 5 |
| maintaining a place of business in that state.
| | 6 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-484, eff. 8-23-01; 93-23, eff. 6-20-03; 93-24, | | 7 |
| eff.
6-20-03; revised 8-21-03.)
|
|
| 8 |
| Section 25. The Service Occupation Tax Act is amended by | | 9 |
| changing Section 2 as follows:
| | 10 |
| (35 ILCS 115/2) (from Ch. 120, par. 439.102)
| | 11 |
| Sec. 2. "Transfer" means any transfer of the title to | | 12 |
| property or of
the ownership of property whether or not the | | 13 |
| transferor retains title as
security for the payment of amounts | | 14 |
| due him from the transferee.
| | 15 |
| "Cost Price" means the consideration paid by the serviceman | | 16 |
| for a
purchase valued in money, whether paid in money or | | 17 |
| otherwise, including
cash, credits and services, and shall be | | 18 |
| determined without any deduction
on account of the supplier's | | 19 |
| cost of the property sold or on account of any
other expense | | 20 |
| incurred by the supplier. When a serviceman contracts out
part | | 21 |
| or all of the services required in his sale of service, it | | 22 |
| shall be
presumed that the cost price to the serviceman of the | | 23 |
| property
transferred to him by his or her subcontractor is | | 24 |
| equal to 50% of the
subcontractor's charges to the serviceman | | 25 |
| in the absence of proof of the
consideration paid by the | | 26 |
| subcontractor for the purchase of such
property.
| | 27 |
| "Department" means the Department of Revenue.
| | 28 |
| "Person" means any natural individual, firm, partnership, | | 29 |
| association, joint
stock company, joint venture, public or | | 30 |
| private corporation, limited liability
company, and any | | 31 |
| receiver, executor, trustee, guardian or other representative
| | 32 |
| appointed by order of any court.
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 78 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| "Sale of Service" means any transaction except:
| | 2 |
| (a) A retail sale of tangible personal property taxable | | 3 |
| under the Retailers'
Occupation Tax Act or under the Use Tax | | 4 |
| Act.
| | 5 |
| (b) A sale of tangible personal property for the purpose of | | 6 |
| resale made in
compliance with Section 2c of the Retailers' | | 7 |
| Occupation Tax Act.
| | 8 |
| (c) Except as hereinafter provided, a sale or transfer of | | 9 |
| tangible personal
property as an incident to the rendering of | | 10 |
| service for or by any governmental
body or for or by any | | 11 |
| corporation, society, association, foundation or
institution | | 12 |
| organized and operated exclusively for charitable, religious | | 13 |
| or
educational purposes or any not-for-profit corporation, | | 14 |
| society, association,
foundation, institution or organization | | 15 |
| which has no compensated officers or
employees and which is | | 16 |
| organized and operated primarily for the recreation of
persons | | 17 |
| 55 years of age or older. A limited liability company may | | 18 |
| qualify for
the exemption under this paragraph only if the | | 19 |
| limited liability company is
organized and operated | | 20 |
| exclusively for educational purposes.
| | 21 |
| (d) A sale or transfer of tangible personal
property
as an | | 22 |
| incident to the
rendering of service for interstate carriers | | 23 |
| for hire for use as rolling stock
moving in interstate commerce | | 24 |
| or lessors under leases of one year or longer,
executed or in | | 25 |
| effect at the time of purchase, to interstate carriers for hire
| | 26 |
| for use as rolling stock moving in interstate commerce, and | | 27 |
| equipment operated
by a telecommunications provider, licensed | | 28 |
| as a common
carrier by the Federal Communications Commission, | | 29 |
| which is permanently
installed in or affixed to aircraft moving | | 30 |
| in interstate commerce.
| | 31 |
| (d-1) A sale or transfer of tangible personal
property as | | 32 |
| an incident to
the rendering of service for owners, lessors or | | 33 |
| shippers of tangible personal
property which is utilized by | | 34 |
| interstate carriers for hire for use as rolling
stock moving in |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 79 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| interstate commerce, and equipment operated
by a | | 2 |
| telecommunications provider, licensed as a common carrier by | | 3 |
| the
Federal Communications Commission, which is permanently | | 4 |
| installed in or
affixed to aircraft moving in interstate | | 5 |
| commerce.
| | 6 |
| (d-1.1) On and after July 1, 2003, a sale or transfer of a | | 7 |
| motor vehicle
of the
second division with a gross vehicle | | 8 |
| weight in excess of 8,000 pounds as an
incident to the | | 9 |
| rendering of service if that motor
vehicle is subject
to the | | 10 |
| commercial distribution fee imposed under Section 3-815.1 of | | 11 |
| the
Illinois Vehicle
Code. This exemption applies to repair and | | 12 |
| replacement parts added after the
initial
purchase of such a | | 13 |
| motor vehicle if that motor vehicle is used in a manner that
| | 14 |
| would
qualify for the rolling stock exemption otherwise | | 15 |
| provided for in this Act.
| | 16 |
| (d-2) The repairing, reconditioning or remodeling, for a | | 17 |
| common carrier by
rail, of tangible personal property which | | 18 |
| belongs to such carrier for hire, and
as to which such carrier | | 19 |
| receives the physical possession of the repaired,
| | 20 |
| reconditioned or remodeled item of tangible personal property | | 21 |
| in Illinois, and
which such carrier transports, or shares with | | 22 |
| another common carrier in the
transportation of such property, | | 23 |
| out of Illinois on a standard uniform bill of
lading showing | | 24 |
| the person who repaired, reconditioned or remodeled the | | 25 |
| property
as the shipper or consignor of such property to a | | 26 |
| destination outside Illinois,
for use outside Illinois.
| | 27 |
| (d-3) A sale or transfer of tangible personal property | | 28 |
| which
is produced by the seller thereof on special order in | | 29 |
| such a way as to have
made the applicable tax the Service | | 30 |
| Occupation Tax or the Service Use Tax,
rather than the | | 31 |
| Retailers' Occupation Tax or the Use Tax, for an interstate
| | 32 |
| carrier by rail which receives the physical possession of such | | 33 |
| property in
Illinois, and which transports such property, or | | 34 |
| shares with another common
carrier in the transportation of |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 80 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| such property, out of Illinois on a standard
uniform bill of | | 2 |
| lading showing the seller of the property as the shipper or
| | 3 |
| consignor of such property to a destination outside Illinois, | | 4 |
| for use outside
Illinois.
| | 5 |
| (d-4) Until January 1, 1997, a sale, by a registered | | 6 |
| serviceman paying tax
under this Act to the Department, of | | 7 |
| special order printed materials delivered
outside Illinois and | | 8 |
| which are not returned to this State, if delivery is made
by | | 9 |
| the seller or agent of the seller, including an agent who | | 10 |
| causes the product
to be delivered outside Illinois by a common | | 11 |
| carrier or the U.S.
postal service.
| | 12 |
| (e) A sale or transfer of machinery and equipment used | | 13 |
| primarily in
the process of the manufacturing or assembling, | | 14 |
| either in an existing, an
expanded or a new manufacturing | | 15 |
| facility, of tangible personal property for
wholesale or retail | | 16 |
| sale or lease, whether such sale or lease is made directly
by | | 17 |
| the manufacturer or by some other person, whether the materials | | 18 |
| used in the
process are owned by the manufacturer or some other | | 19 |
| person, or whether such
sale or lease is made apart from or as | | 20 |
| an incident to the seller's engaging in
a service occupation | | 21 |
| and the applicable tax is a Service Occupation Tax or
Service | | 22 |
| Use Tax, rather than Retailers' Occupation Tax or Use Tax.
| | 23 |
| (f) Until July 1, 2003, the sale or transfer of | | 24 |
| distillation
machinery
and equipment, sold as a
unit or kit and | | 25 |
| assembled or installed by the retailer, which machinery
and | | 26 |
| equipment is certified by the user to be used only for the | | 27 |
| production
of ethyl alcohol that will be used for consumption | | 28 |
| as motor fuel or as a
component of motor fuel for the personal | | 29 |
| use of such user and not subject
to sale or resale.
| | 30 |
| (g) At the election of any serviceman not required to be | | 31 |
| otherwise
registered as a retailer under Section 2a of the | | 32 |
| Retailers' Occupation Tax Act,
made for each fiscal year sales | | 33 |
| of service in which the aggregate annual cost
price of tangible | | 34 |
| personal property transferred as an incident to the sales of
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 81 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| service is less than 35% (75% in the case of servicemen | | 2 |
| transferring
prescription drugs or servicemen engaged in | | 3 |
| graphic arts production) of the
aggregate annual total gross | | 4 |
| receipts from all sales of service. The purchase
of such | | 5 |
| tangible personal property by the serviceman shall be subject | | 6 |
| to tax
under the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act and the Use Tax | | 7 |
| Act.
However, if a
primary serviceman who has made the election | | 8 |
| described in this paragraph
subcontracts service work to a | | 9 |
| secondary serviceman who has also made the
election described | | 10 |
| in this paragraph, the primary serviceman does not
incur a Use | | 11 |
| Tax liability if the secondary serviceman (i) has paid or will | | 12 |
| pay
Use
Tax on his or her cost price of any tangible personal | | 13 |
| property transferred
to the primary serviceman and (ii) | | 14 |
| certifies that fact in writing to the
primary serviceman.
| | 15 |
| Tangible personal property transferred incident to the | | 16 |
| completion of a
maintenance agreement is exempt from the tax | | 17 |
| imposed pursuant to this Act.
| | 18 |
| Exemption (e) also includes machinery and equipment used in | | 19 |
| the
general maintenance or repair of such exempt machinery and | | 20 |
| equipment or for
in-house manufacture of exempt machinery and | | 21 |
| equipment.
For the purposes of exemption (e), each of these | | 22 |
| terms shall have the following
meanings: (1) "manufacturing | | 23 |
| process" shall mean the production of any
article of tangible | | 24 |
| personal property, whether such article is a
finished product | | 25 |
| or an article for use in the process of manufacturing
or | | 26 |
| assembling a different article of tangible personal property, | | 27 |
| by
procedures commonly regarded as manufacturing, processing, | | 28 |
| fabricating,
or refining which changes some existing material | | 29 |
| or materials into a
material with a different form, use or | | 30 |
| name. In relation to a
recognized integrated business composed | | 31 |
| of a series of operations which
collectively constitute | | 32 |
| manufacturing, or individually constitute
manufacturing | | 33 |
| operations, the manufacturing process shall be deemed to
| | 34 |
| commence with the first operation or stage of production in the |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 82 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| series,
and shall not be deemed to end until the completion of | | 2 |
| the final product
in the last operation or stage of production | | 3 |
| in the series; and further for
purposes of exemption (e), | | 4 |
| photoprocessing is deemed to be a manufacturing
process of | | 5 |
| tangible personal property for wholesale or retail sale;
(2) | | 6 |
| "assembling process" shall mean the production of any article | | 7 |
| of
tangible personal property, whether such article is a | | 8 |
| finished product
or an article for use in the process of | | 9 |
| manufacturing or assembling a
different article of tangible | | 10 |
| personal property, by the combination of
existing materials in | | 11 |
| a manner commonly regarded as assembling which
results in a | | 12 |
| material of a different form, use or name; (3) "machinery"
| | 13 |
| shall mean major mechanical machines or major components of | | 14 |
| such machines
contributing to a manufacturing or assembling | | 15 |
| process; and (4) "equipment"
shall include any independent | | 16 |
| device or tool separate from any machinery but
essential to an | | 17 |
| integrated manufacturing or assembly process; including
| | 18 |
| computers used primarily in a manufacturer's computer
assisted | | 19 |
| design, computer assisted manufacturing (CAD/CAM) system; or | | 20 |
| any
subunit or assembly comprising a component of any machinery | | 21 |
| or auxiliary,
adjunct or attachment parts of machinery, such as | | 22 |
| tools, dies, jigs, fixtures,
patterns and molds; or any parts | | 23 |
| which require periodic replacement in the
course of normal | | 24 |
| operation; but shall not include hand tools. Equipment
includes | | 25 |
| chemicals or chemicals acting as catalysts but only if the | | 26 |
| chemicals
or chemicals acting as catalysts effect a direct and | | 27 |
| immediate change upon a
product being manufactured or assembled | | 28 |
| for wholesale or retail sale or lease.
The purchaser of such | | 29 |
| machinery and equipment
who has an active resale registration | | 30 |
| number shall furnish such number to
the seller at the time of | | 31 |
| purchase. The purchaser of such machinery and
equipment and | | 32 |
| tools without an active resale registration number shall | | 33 |
| furnish
to the seller a certificate of exemption for each | | 34 |
| transaction stating facts
establishing the exemption for that |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 83 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| transaction, which certificate shall
be available to the | | 2 |
| Department for inspection or audit.
| | 3 |
| Except as provided in Section 2d of this Act, the rolling | | 4 |
| stock exemption
applies to rolling
stock
used by an interstate
| | 5 |
| carrier for hire, even just between points in Illinois, if such | | 6 |
| rolling
stock transports, for hire, persons whose journeys or | | 7 |
| property whose
shipments originate or terminate outside | | 8 |
| Illinois.
| | 9 |
| Any informal rulings, opinions or letters issued by the | | 10 |
| Department in
response to an inquiry or request for any opinion | | 11 |
| from any person
regarding the coverage and applicability of | | 12 |
| exemption (e) to specific
devices shall be published, | | 13 |
| maintained as a public record, and made
available for public | | 14 |
| inspection and copying. If the informal ruling,
opinion or | | 15 |
| letter contains trade secrets or other confidential
| | 16 |
| information, where possible the Department shall delete such | | 17 |
| information
prior to publication. Whenever such informal | | 18 |
| rulings, opinions, or
letters contain any policy of general | | 19 |
| applicability, the Department
shall formulate and adopt such | | 20 |
| policy as a rule in accordance with the
provisions of the | | 21 |
| Illinois Administrative Procedure Act.
| | 22 |
| On and after July 1, 1987, no entity otherwise eligible | | 23 |
| under exemption
(c) of this Section shall make tax free | | 24 |
| purchases unless it has an active
exemption identification | | 25 |
| number issued by the Department.
| | 26 |
| "Serviceman" means any person who is engaged in the | | 27 |
| occupation of
making sales of service.
| | 28 |
| "Sale at Retail" means "sale at retail" as defined in the | | 29 |
| Retailers'
Occupation Tax Act.
| | 30 |
| "Supplier" means any person who makes sales of tangible | | 31 |
| personal
property to servicemen for the purpose of resale as an | | 32 |
| incident to a
sale of service.
| | 33 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-484, eff. 8-23-01;
93-23, eff. 6-20-03; 93-24, | | 34 |
| eff. 6-20-03; revised 8-21-03.)
|
|
| 1 |
| Section 30. The Retailers' Occupation Tax Act is amended by | | 2 |
| changing Sections 1 and 2-5 as follows:
| | 3 |
| (35 ILCS 120/1) (from Ch. 120, par. 440)
| | 4 |
| Sec. 1. Definitions. "Sale at retail" means any transfer of | | 5 |
| the
ownership of or title to
tangible personal property to a | | 6 |
| purchaser, for the purpose of use or
consumption, and not for | | 7 |
| the purpose of resale in any form as tangible
personal property | | 8 |
| to the extent not first subjected to a use for which it
was | | 9 |
| purchased, for a valuable consideration: Provided that the | | 10 |
| property
purchased is deemed to be purchased for the purpose of | | 11 |
| resale, despite
first being used, to the extent to which it is | | 12 |
| resold as an ingredient of
an intentionally produced product or | | 13 |
| byproduct of manufacturing. For this
purpose, slag produced as | | 14 |
| an incident to manufacturing pig iron or steel
and sold is | | 15 |
| considered to be an intentionally produced byproduct of
| | 16 |
| manufacturing. Transactions whereby the possession of the | | 17 |
| property is
transferred but the seller retains the title as | | 18 |
| security for payment of the
selling price shall be deemed to be | | 19 |
| sales.
| | 20 |
| "Sale at retail" shall be construed to include any transfer | | 21 |
| of the
ownership of or title to tangible personal property to a | | 22 |
| purchaser, for use
or consumption by any other person to whom | | 23 |
| such purchaser may transfer the
tangible personal property | | 24 |
| without a valuable consideration, and to include
any transfer, | | 25 |
| whether made for or without a valuable consideration, for
| | 26 |
| resale in any form as tangible personal property unless made in | | 27 |
| compliance
with Section 2c of this Act.
| | 28 |
| Sales of tangible personal property, which property, to the | | 29 |
| extent not
first subjected to a use for which it was purchased, | | 30 |
| as an ingredient or
constituent, goes into and forms a part of | | 31 |
| tangible personal property
subsequently the subject of a "Sale | | 32 |
| at retail", are not sales at retail as
defined in this Act: |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 85 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| Provided that the property purchased is deemed to be
purchased | | 2 |
| for the purpose of resale, despite first being used, to the
| | 3 |
| extent to which it is resold as an ingredient of an | | 4 |
| intentionally produced
product or byproduct of manufacturing.
| | 5 |
| "Sale at retail" shall be construed to include the | | 6 |
| following Arts, Entertainment, and Recreation services, as | | 7 |
| enumerated in the North American Industry Classification | | 8 |
| System Manual (NAICS), 2002, prepared by the United States | | 9 |
| Office of Management and Budget: | | 10 |
| (1) Arts, Entertainment, and Recreation (NAICS sector | | 11 |
| 71); and | | 12 |
| (2) Other Services (NAICS sector 81), except | | 13 |
| Electronic and Precision Equipment Repair and Maintenance | | 14 |
| (NAICS 8112), Commercial and Industry Machinery and | | 15 |
| Equipment (except Automotive and Electronic) Repair and | | 16 |
| Maintenance (NAICS 8113), Linen and Uniform Supply (NAICS | | 17 |
| 81233).
| | 18 |
| "Sale at retail" shall be construed to include any Illinois | | 19 |
| florist's
sales transaction in which the purchase order is | | 20 |
| received in Illinois by a
florist and the sale is for use or | | 21 |
| consumption, but the Illinois florist
has a florist in another | | 22 |
| state deliver the property to the purchaser or the
purchaser's | | 23 |
| donee in such other state.
| | 24 |
| Nonreusable tangible personal property that is used by | | 25 |
| persons engaged in
the business of operating a restaurant, | | 26 |
| cafeteria, or drive-in is a sale for
resale when it is | | 27 |
| transferred to customers in the ordinary course of business
as | | 28 |
| part of the sale of food or beverages and is used to deliver, | | 29 |
| package, or
consume food or beverages, regardless of where | | 30 |
| consumption of the food or
beverages occurs. Examples of those | | 31 |
| items include, but are not limited to
nonreusable, paper and | | 32 |
| plastic cups, plates, baskets, boxes, sleeves, buckets
or other | | 33 |
| containers, utensils, straws, placemats, napkins, doggie bags, | | 34 |
| and
wrapping or packaging
materials that are transferred to |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 86 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| customers as part of the sale of food or
beverages in the | | 2 |
| ordinary course of business.
| | 3 |
| The purchase, employment and transfer of such tangible | | 4 |
| personal property
as newsprint and ink for the primary purpose | | 5 |
| of conveying news (with or
without other information) is not a | | 6 |
| purchase, use or sale of tangible
personal property.
| | 7 |
| A person whose activities are organized and conducted | | 8 |
| primarily as a
not-for-profit service enterprise, and who | | 9 |
| engages in selling tangible
personal property at retail | | 10 |
| (whether to the public or merely to members and
their guests) | | 11 |
| is engaged in the business of selling tangible personal
| | 12 |
| property at retail with respect to such transactions, excepting | | 13 |
| only a
person organized and operated exclusively for | | 14 |
| charitable, religious or
educational purposes either (1), to | | 15 |
| the extent of sales by such person to
its members, students, | | 16 |
| patients or inmates of tangible personal property to
be used | | 17 |
| primarily for the purposes of such person, or (2), to the | | 18 |
| extent of
sales by such person of tangible personal property | | 19 |
| which is not sold or
offered for sale by persons organized for | | 20 |
| profit. The selling of school
books and school supplies by | | 21 |
| schools at retail to students is not
"primarily for the | | 22 |
| purposes of" the school which does such selling. The
provisions | | 23 |
| of this paragraph shall not apply to nor subject to taxation
| | 24 |
| occasional dinners, socials or similar activities of a person | | 25 |
| organized and
operated exclusively for charitable, religious | | 26 |
| or educational purposes,
whether or not such activities are | | 27 |
| open to the public.
| | 28 |
| A person who is the recipient of a grant or contract under | | 29 |
| Title VII of
the Older Americans Act of 1965 (P.L. 92-258) and | | 30 |
| serves meals to
participants in the federal Nutrition Program | | 31 |
| for the Elderly in return for
contributions established in | | 32 |
| amount by the individual participant pursuant
to a schedule of | | 33 |
| suggested fees as provided for in the federal Act is not
| | 34 |
| engaged in the business of selling tangible personal property |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 87 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| at retail
with respect to such transactions.
| | 2 |
| "Purchaser" means anyone who, through a sale at retail, | | 3 |
| acquires the
ownership of or title to tangible personal | | 4 |
| property for a valuable
consideration.
| | 5 |
| "Reseller of motor fuel" means any person engaged in the | | 6 |
| business of selling
or delivering or transferring title of | | 7 |
| motor fuel to another person
other than for use or consumption.
| | 8 |
| No person shall act as a reseller of motor fuel within this | | 9 |
| State without
first being registered as a reseller pursuant to | | 10 |
| Section 2c or a retailer
pursuant to Section 2a.
| | 11 |
| "Selling price" or the "amount of sale" means the | | 12 |
| consideration for a
sale valued in money whether received in | | 13 |
| money or otherwise, including
cash, credits, property, other | | 14 |
| than as hereinafter provided, and services,
but not including | | 15 |
| the value of or credit given for traded-in tangible
personal | | 16 |
| property where the item that is traded-in is of like kind and
| | 17 |
| character as that which is being sold, and shall be determined | | 18 |
| without any
deduction on account of the cost of the property | | 19 |
| sold, the cost of
materials used, labor or service cost or any | | 20 |
| other expense whatsoever, but
does not include charges that are | | 21 |
| added to prices by sellers on account of
the seller's tax | | 22 |
| liability under this Act, or on account of the seller's
duty to | | 23 |
| collect, from the purchaser, the tax that is imposed by the Use | | 24 |
| Tax
Act, or on account of the seller's tax liability under | | 25 |
| Section 8-11-1 of
the Illinois Municipal Code, as heretofore | | 26 |
| and hereafter amended, or on
account of the seller's tax | | 27 |
| liability under the County Retailers'
Occupation Tax Act, or on | | 28 |
| account of the seller's tax liability under the
Home Rule | | 29 |
| Municipal Soft Drink Retailers' Occupation Tax,
or on account | | 30 |
| of the seller's tax liability under any tax imposed under the
| | 31 |
| "Regional Transportation Authority Act", approved December 12, | | 32 |
| 1973.
Effective December 1, 1985, "selling price" shall include | | 33 |
| charges that
are added to prices by sellers on account of the | | 34 |
| seller's
tax liability under the Cigarette Tax Act, on account |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 88 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| of the sellers'
duty to collect, from the purchaser, the tax | | 2 |
| imposed under the Cigarette
Use Tax Act, and on account of the | | 3 |
| seller's duty to collect, from the
purchaser, any cigarette tax | | 4 |
| imposed by a home rule unit.
| | 5 |
| The phrase "like kind and character" shall be liberally | | 6 |
| construed
(including but not limited to any form of motor | | 7 |
| vehicle for any form of
motor vehicle, or any kind of farm or | | 8 |
| agricultural implement for any other
kind of farm or | | 9 |
| agricultural implement), while not including a kind of item
| | 10 |
| which, if sold at retail by that retailer, would be exempt from | | 11 |
| retailers'
occupation tax and use tax as an isolated or | | 12 |
| occasional sale.
| | 13 |
| "Gross receipts" from the sales of tangible personal | | 14 |
| property at retail
means the total selling price or the amount | | 15 |
| of such sales, as hereinbefore
defined. In the case of charge | | 16 |
| and time sales, the amount thereof shall be
included only as | | 17 |
| and when payments are received by the seller.
Receipts or other | | 18 |
| consideration derived by a seller from
the sale, transfer or | | 19 |
| assignment of accounts receivable to a wholly owned
subsidiary | | 20 |
| will not be deemed payments prior to the time the purchaser
| | 21 |
| makes payment on such accounts.
| | 22 |
| "Department" means the Department of Revenue.
| | 23 |
| "Person" means any natural individual, firm, partnership, | | 24 |
| association,
joint stock company, joint adventure, public or | | 25 |
| private corporation, limited
liability company, or a receiver, | | 26 |
| executor, trustee, guardian or other
representative appointed | | 27 |
| by order of any court.
| | 28 |
| The isolated or occasional sale of tangible personal | | 29 |
| property at retail
by a person who does not hold himself out as | | 30 |
| being engaged (or who does not
habitually engage) in selling | | 31 |
| such tangible personal property at retail, or
a sale through a | | 32 |
| bulk vending machine, does not constitute engaging in a
| | 33 |
| business of selling such tangible personal property at retail | | 34 |
| within the
meaning of this Act; provided that any person who is |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 89 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| engaged in a business
which is not subject to the tax imposed | | 2 |
| by this Act because of involving
the sale of or a contract to | | 3 |
| sell real estate or a construction contract to
improve real | | 4 |
| estate or a construction contract to engineer, install, and
| | 5 |
| maintain an integrated system of products, but who, in the | | 6 |
| course of
conducting such business,
transfers tangible | | 7 |
| personal property to users or consumers in the finished
form in | | 8 |
| which it was purchased, and which does not become real estate | | 9 |
| or was
not engineered and installed, under any provision of a | | 10 |
| construction contract or
real estate sale or real estate sales | | 11 |
| agreement entered into with some other
person arising out of or | | 12 |
| because of such nontaxable business, is engaged in the
business | | 13 |
| of selling tangible personal property at retail to the extent | | 14 |
| of the
value of the tangible personal property so transferred. | | 15 |
| If, in such a
transaction, a separate charge is made for the | | 16 |
| tangible personal property so
transferred, the value of such | | 17 |
| property, for the purpose of this Act, shall be
the amount so | | 18 |
| separately charged, but not less than the cost of such property
| | 19 |
| to the transferor; if no separate charge is made, the value of | | 20 |
| such property,
for the purposes of this Act, is the cost to the | | 21 |
| transferor of such tangible
personal property. Construction | | 22 |
| contracts for the improvement of real estate
consisting of | | 23 |
| engineering, installation, and maintenance of voice, data, | | 24 |
| video,
security, and all telecommunication systems do not | | 25 |
| constitute engaging in a
business of selling tangible personal | | 26 |
| property at retail within the meaning of
this Act if they are | | 27 |
| sold at one specified contract price.
| | 28 |
| A person who holds himself or herself out as being engaged | | 29 |
| (or who habitually
engages) in selling tangible personal | | 30 |
| property at retail is a person
engaged in the business of | | 31 |
| selling tangible personal property at retail
hereunder with | | 32 |
| respect to such sales (and not primarily in a service
| | 33 |
| occupation) notwithstanding the fact that such person designs | | 34 |
| and produces
such tangible personal property on special order |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 90 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| for the purchaser and in
such a way as to render the property | | 2 |
| of value only to such purchaser, if
such tangible personal | | 3 |
| property so produced on special order serves
substantially the | | 4 |
| same function as stock or standard items of tangible
personal | | 5 |
| property that are sold at retail.
| | 6 |
| Persons who engage in the business of transferring tangible | | 7 |
| personal
property upon the redemption of trading stamps are | | 8 |
| engaged in the business
of selling such property at retail and | | 9 |
| shall be liable for and shall pay
the tax imposed by this Act | | 10 |
| on the basis of the retail value of the
property transferred | | 11 |
| upon redemption of such stamps.
| | 12 |
| "Bulk vending machine" means a vending machine,
containing | | 13 |
| unsorted confections, nuts, toys, or other items designed
| | 14 |
| primarily to be used or played with by children
which, when a | | 15 |
| coin or coins of a denomination not larger than $0.50 are
| | 16 |
| inserted, are dispensed in equal portions, at random and
| | 17 |
| without selection by the customer.
| | 18 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-213, eff. 1-1-02.)
| | 19 |
| (35 ILCS 120/2-5) (from Ch. 120, par. 441-5)
| | 20 |
| Sec. 2-5. Exemptions. Gross receipts from proceeds from the | | 21 |
| sale of
the following tangible personal property are exempt | | 22 |
| from the tax imposed
by this Act:
| | 23 |
| (1) Farm chemicals.
| | 24 |
| (2) Farm machinery and equipment, both new and used, | | 25 |
| including that
manufactured on special order, certified by the | | 26 |
| purchaser to be used
primarily for production agriculture or | | 27 |
| State or federal agricultural
programs, including individual | | 28 |
| replacement parts for the machinery and
equipment, including | | 29 |
| machinery and equipment purchased for lease,
and including | | 30 |
| implements of husbandry defined in Section 1-130 of
the | | 31 |
| Illinois Vehicle Code, farm machinery and agricultural | | 32 |
| chemical and
fertilizer spreaders, and nurse wagons required to | | 33 |
| be registered
under Section 3-809 of the Illinois Vehicle Code,
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 91 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| but
excluding other motor vehicles required to be registered | | 2 |
| under the Illinois
Vehicle Code.
Horticultural polyhouses or | | 3 |
| hoop houses used for propagating, growing, or
overwintering | | 4 |
| plants shall be considered farm machinery and equipment under
| | 5 |
| this item (2).
Agricultural chemical tender tanks and dry boxes | | 6 |
| shall include units sold
separately from a motor vehicle | | 7 |
| required to be licensed and units sold mounted
on a motor | | 8 |
| vehicle required to be licensed, if the selling price of the | | 9 |
| tender
is separately stated.
| | 10 |
| Farm machinery and equipment shall include precision | | 11 |
| farming equipment
that is
installed or purchased to be | | 12 |
| installed on farm machinery and equipment
including, but not | | 13 |
| limited to, tractors, harvesters, sprayers, planters,
seeders, | | 14 |
| or spreaders.
Precision farming equipment includes, but is not | | 15 |
| limited to,
soil testing sensors, computers, monitors, | | 16 |
| software, global positioning
and mapping systems, and other | | 17 |
| such equipment.
| | 18 |
| Farm machinery and equipment also includes computers, | | 19 |
| sensors, software, and
related equipment used primarily in the
| | 20 |
| computer-assisted operation of production agriculture | | 21 |
| facilities, equipment,
and activities such as, but
not limited | | 22 |
| to,
the collection, monitoring, and correlation of
animal and | | 23 |
| crop data for the purpose of
formulating animal diets and | | 24 |
| agricultural chemicals. This item (7) is exempt
from the | | 25 |
| provisions of
Section 2-70.
| | 26 |
| (3) Until July 1, 2003, distillation machinery and | | 27 |
| equipment, sold as a
unit or kit,
assembled or installed by the | | 28 |
| retailer, certified by the user to be used
only for the | | 29 |
| production of ethyl alcohol that will be used for consumption
| | 30 |
| as motor fuel or as a component of motor fuel for the personal | | 31 |
| use of the
user, and not subject to sale or resale.
| | 32 |
| (4) Until July 1, 2003, graphic arts machinery and | | 33 |
| equipment, including
repair and
replacement parts, both new and | | 34 |
| used, and including that manufactured on
special order or |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 92 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| purchased for lease, certified by the purchaser to be used
| | 2 |
| primarily for graphic arts production.
Equipment includes | | 3 |
| chemicals or
chemicals acting as catalysts but only if
the | | 4 |
| chemicals or chemicals acting as catalysts effect a direct and | | 5 |
| immediate
change upon a
graphic arts product.
| | 6 |
| (5) (Blank).
A motor vehicle of the first division, a motor | | 7 |
| vehicle of the second
division that is a self-contained motor | | 8 |
| vehicle designed or permanently
converted to provide living | | 9 |
| quarters for recreational, camping, or travel
use, with direct | | 10 |
| walk through access to the living quarters from the
driver's | | 11 |
| seat, or a motor vehicle of the second division that is of the | | 12 |
| van
configuration designed for the transportation of not less | | 13 |
| than 7 nor more
than 16 passengers, as defined in Section 1-146 | | 14 |
| of the Illinois Vehicle
Code, that is used for automobile | | 15 |
| renting, as defined in the Automobile
Renting Occupation and | | 16 |
| Use Tax Act.
| | 17 |
| (6) Personal property sold by a teacher-sponsored student | | 18 |
| organization
affiliated with an elementary or secondary school | | 19 |
| located in Illinois.
| | 20 |
| (7) Until July 1, 2003, proceeds of that portion of the | | 21 |
| selling price of
a passenger car the
sale of which is subject | | 22 |
| to the Replacement Vehicle Tax.
| | 23 |
| (8) Personal property sold to an Illinois county fair | | 24 |
| association for
use in conducting, operating, or promoting the | | 25 |
| county fair.
| | 26 |
| (9) Personal property sold to a not-for-profit arts
or | | 27 |
| cultural organization that establishes, by proof required by | | 28 |
| the Department
by
rule, that it has received an exemption under | | 29 |
| Section 501(c)(3) of the
Internal Revenue Code and that is | | 30 |
| organized and operated primarily for the
presentation
or | | 31 |
| support of arts or cultural programming, activities, or | | 32 |
| services. These
organizations include, but are not limited to, | | 33 |
| music and dramatic arts
organizations such as symphony | | 34 |
| orchestras and theatrical groups, arts and
cultural service |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 93 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| organizations, local arts councils, visual arts organizations,
| | 2 |
| and media arts organizations.
On and after the effective date | | 3 |
| of this amendatory Act of the 92nd General
Assembly, however, | | 4 |
| an entity otherwise eligible for this exemption shall not
make | | 5 |
| tax-free purchases unless it has an active identification | | 6 |
| number issued by
the Department.
| | 7 |
| (10) Personal property sold by a corporation, society, | | 8 |
| association,
foundation, institution, or organization, other | | 9 |
| than a limited liability
company, that is organized and | | 10 |
| operated as a not-for-profit service enterprise
for the benefit | | 11 |
| of persons 65 years of age or older if the personal property
| | 12 |
| was not purchased by the enterprise for the purpose of resale | | 13 |
| by the
enterprise.
| | 14 |
| (11) Personal property sold to a governmental body, to a | | 15 |
| corporation,
society, association, foundation, or institution | | 16 |
| organized and operated
exclusively for charitable, religious, | | 17 |
| or educational purposes, or to a
not-for-profit corporation, | | 18 |
| society, association, foundation, institution,
or organization | | 19 |
| that has no compensated officers or employees and that is
| | 20 |
| organized and operated primarily for the recreation of persons | | 21 |
| 55 years of
age or older. A limited liability company may | | 22 |
| qualify for the exemption under
this paragraph only if the | | 23 |
| limited liability company is organized and operated
| | 24 |
| exclusively for educational purposes. On and after July 1, | | 25 |
| 1987, however, no
entity otherwise eligible for this exemption | | 26 |
| shall make tax-free purchases
unless it has an active | | 27 |
| identification number issued by the Department.
| | 28 |
| (12) Tangible personal property sold to
interstate | | 29 |
| carriers
for hire for use as
rolling stock moving in interstate | | 30 |
| commerce or to lessors under leases of
one year or longer | | 31 |
| executed or in effect at the time of purchase by
interstate | | 32 |
| carriers for hire for use as rolling stock moving in interstate
| | 33 |
| commerce and equipment operated by a telecommunications | | 34 |
| provider, licensed as a
common carrier by the Federal |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 94 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| Communications Commission, which is permanently
installed in | | 2 |
| or affixed to aircraft moving in interstate commerce.
| | 3 |
| (12-5) On and after July 1, 2003, motor vehicles of the | | 4 |
| second division
with a gross vehicle weight in excess of 8,000 | | 5 |
| pounds
that
are
subject to the commercial distribution fee | | 6 |
| imposed under Section 3-815.1 of
the Illinois
Vehicle Code. | | 7 |
| This exemption applies to repair and replacement parts added
| | 8 |
| after the
initial purchase of such a motor vehicle if that | | 9 |
| motor vehicle is used in a
manner that
would qualify for the | | 10 |
| rolling stock exemption otherwise provided for in this
Act.
| | 11 |
| (13) Proceeds from sales to owners, lessors, or
shippers of
| | 12 |
| tangible personal property that is utilized by interstate | | 13 |
| carriers for
hire for use as rolling stock moving in interstate | | 14 |
| commerce
and equipment operated by a telecommunications | | 15 |
| provider, licensed as a
common carrier by the Federal | | 16 |
| Communications Commission, which is
permanently installed in | | 17 |
| or affixed to aircraft moving in interstate commerce.
| | 18 |
| (14) (Blank).
Machinery and equipment that will be used by | | 19 |
| the purchaser, or a
lessee of the purchaser, primarily in the | | 20 |
| process of manufacturing or
assembling tangible personal | | 21 |
| property for wholesale or retail sale or
lease, whether the | | 22 |
| sale or lease is made directly by the manufacturer or by
some | | 23 |
| other person, whether the materials used in the process are | | 24 |
| owned by
the manufacturer or some other person, or whether the | | 25 |
| sale or lease is made
apart from or as an incident to the | | 26 |
| seller's engaging in the service
occupation of producing | | 27 |
| machines, tools, dies, jigs, patterns, gauges, or
other similar | | 28 |
| items of no commercial value on special order for a particular
| | 29 |
| purchaser.
| | 30 |
| (15) Proceeds of mandatory service charges separately | | 31 |
| stated on
customers' bills for purchase and consumption of food | | 32 |
| and beverages, to the
extent that the proceeds of the service | | 33 |
| charge are in fact turned over as
tips or as a substitute for | | 34 |
| tips to the employees who participate directly
in preparing, |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 95 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| serving, hosting or cleaning up the food or beverage function
| | 2 |
| with respect to which the service charge is imposed.
| | 3 |
| (16) Petroleum products sold to a purchaser if the seller
| | 4 |
| is prohibited by federal law from charging tax to the | | 5 |
| purchaser.
| | 6 |
| (17) Tangible personal property sold to a common carrier by | | 7 |
| rail or
motor that
receives the physical possession of the | | 8 |
| property in Illinois and that
transports the property, or | | 9 |
| shares with another common carrier in the
transportation of the | | 10 |
| property, out of Illinois on a standard uniform bill
of lading | | 11 |
| showing the seller of the property as the shipper or consignor | | 12 |
| of
the property to a destination outside Illinois, for use | | 13 |
| outside Illinois.
| | 14 |
| (18) Legal tender, currency, medallions, or gold or silver | | 15 |
| coinage
issued by the State of Illinois, the government of the | | 16 |
| United States of
America, or the government of any foreign | | 17 |
| country, and bullion.
| | 18 |
| (19) Until July 1 2003, oil field exploration, drilling, | | 19 |
| and production
equipment, including
(i) rigs and parts of rigs, | | 20 |
| rotary rigs, cable tool
rigs, and workover rigs, (ii) pipe and | | 21 |
| tubular goods, including casing and
drill strings, (iii) pumps | | 22 |
| and pump-jack units, (iv) storage tanks and flow
lines, (v) any | | 23 |
| individual replacement part for oil field exploration,
| | 24 |
| drilling, and production equipment, and (vi) machinery and | | 25 |
| equipment purchased
for lease; but
excluding motor vehicles | | 26 |
| required to be registered under the Illinois
Vehicle Code.
| | 27 |
| (20) Photoprocessing machinery and equipment, including | | 28 |
| repair and
replacement parts, both new and used, including that | | 29 |
| manufactured on
special order, certified by the purchaser to be | | 30 |
| used primarily for
photoprocessing, and including | | 31 |
| photoprocessing machinery and equipment
purchased for lease.
| | 32 |
| (21) Until July 1, 2003, coal exploration, mining, | | 33 |
| offhighway hauling,
processing,
maintenance, and reclamation | | 34 |
| equipment, including
replacement parts and equipment, and |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 96 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| including
equipment purchased for lease, but excluding motor | | 2 |
| vehicles required to be
registered under the Illinois Vehicle | | 3 |
| Code.
| | 4 |
| (22) Fuel and petroleum products sold to or used by an air | | 5 |
| carrier,
certified by the carrier to be used for consumption, | | 6 |
| shipment, or storage
in the conduct of its business as an air | | 7 |
| common carrier, for a flight
destined for or returning from a | | 8 |
| location or locations
outside the United States without regard | | 9 |
| to previous or subsequent domestic
stopovers.
| | 10 |
| (23) A transaction in which the purchase order is received | | 11 |
| by a florist
who is located outside Illinois, but who has a | | 12 |
| florist located in Illinois
deliver the property to the | | 13 |
| purchaser or the purchaser's donee in Illinois.
| | 14 |
| (24) Fuel consumed or used in the operation of ships, | | 15 |
| barges, or vessels
that are used primarily in or for the | | 16 |
| transportation of property or the
conveyance of persons for | | 17 |
| hire on rivers bordering on this State if the
fuel is delivered | | 18 |
| by the seller to the purchaser's barge, ship, or vessel
while | | 19 |
| it is afloat upon that bordering river.
| | 20 |
| (25) A motor vehicle sold in this State to a nonresident | | 21 |
| even though the
motor vehicle is delivered to the nonresident | | 22 |
| in this State, if the motor
vehicle is not to be titled in this | | 23 |
| State, and if a drive-away permit
is issued to the motor | | 24 |
| vehicle as provided in Section 3-603 of the Illinois
Vehicle | | 25 |
| Code or if the nonresident purchaser has vehicle registration
| | 26 |
| plates to transfer to the motor vehicle upon returning to his | | 27 |
| or her home
state. The issuance of the drive-away permit or | | 28 |
| having
the
out-of-state registration plates to be transferred | | 29 |
| is prima facie evidence
that the motor vehicle will not be | | 30 |
| titled in this State.
| | 31 |
| (26) Semen used for artificial insemination of livestock | | 32 |
| for direct
agricultural production.
| | 33 |
| (27) Horses, or interests in horses, registered with and | | 34 |
| meeting the
requirements of any of the
Arabian Horse Club |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 97 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| Registry of America, Appaloosa Horse Club, American Quarter
| | 2 |
| Horse Association, United States
Trotting Association, or | | 3 |
| Jockey Club, as appropriate, used for
purposes of breeding or | | 4 |
| racing for prizes.
| | 5 |
| (28) Computers and communications equipment utilized for | | 6 |
| any
hospital
purpose
and equipment used in the diagnosis,
| | 7 |
| analysis, or treatment of hospital patients sold to a lessor | | 8 |
| who leases the
equipment, under a lease of one year or longer | | 9 |
| executed or in effect at the
time of the purchase, to a
| | 10 |
| hospital
that has been issued an active tax exemption | | 11 |
| identification number by the
Department under Section 1g of | | 12 |
| this Act.
| | 13 |
| (29) Personal property sold to a lessor who leases the
| | 14 |
| property, under a
lease of one year or longer executed or in | | 15 |
| effect at the time of the purchase,
to a governmental body
that | | 16 |
| has been issued an active tax exemption identification number | | 17 |
| by the
Department under Section 1g of this Act.
| | 18 |
| (30) Beginning with taxable years ending on or after | | 19 |
| December
31, 1995
and
ending with taxable years ending on or | | 20 |
| before December 31, 2004,
personal property that is
donated for | | 21 |
| disaster relief to be used in a State or federally declared
| | 22 |
| disaster area in Illinois or bordering Illinois by a | | 23 |
| manufacturer or retailer
that is registered in this State to a | | 24 |
| corporation, society, association,
foundation, or institution | | 25 |
| that has been issued a sales tax exemption
identification | | 26 |
| number by the Department that assists victims of the disaster
| | 27 |
| who reside within the declared disaster area.
| | 28 |
| (31) Beginning with taxable years ending on or after | | 29 |
| December
31, 1995 and
ending with taxable years ending on or | | 30 |
| before December 31, 2004, personal
property that is used in the | | 31 |
| performance of infrastructure repairs in this
State, including | | 32 |
| but not limited to municipal roads and streets, access roads,
| | 33 |
| bridges, sidewalks, waste disposal systems, water and sewer | | 34 |
| line extensions,
water distribution and purification |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 98 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| facilities, storm water drainage and
retention facilities, and | | 2 |
| sewage treatment facilities, resulting from a State
or | | 3 |
| federally declared disaster in Illinois or bordering Illinois | | 4 |
| when such
repairs are initiated on facilities located in the | | 5 |
| declared disaster area
within 6 months after the disaster.
| | 6 |
| (32) Beginning July 1, 1999, game or game birds sold at a | | 7 |
| "game breeding
and
hunting preserve area" or an "exotic game | | 8 |
| hunting area" as those terms are used
in the
Wildlife Code or | | 9 |
| at a hunting enclosure approved through rules adopted by the
| | 10 |
| Department of Natural Resources. This paragraph is exempt from | | 11 |
| the provisions
of
Section 2-70.
| | 12 |
| (33) A motor vehicle, as that term is defined in Section | | 13 |
| 1-146
of the
Illinois Vehicle Code, that is donated to a | | 14 |
| corporation, limited liability
company, society, association, | | 15 |
| foundation, or institution that is determined by
the Department | | 16 |
| to be organized and operated exclusively for educational
| | 17 |
| purposes. For purposes of this exemption, "a corporation, | | 18 |
| limited liability
company, society, association, foundation, | | 19 |
| or institution organized and
operated
exclusively for | | 20 |
| educational purposes" means all tax-supported public schools,
| | 21 |
| private schools that offer systematic instruction in useful | | 22 |
| branches of
learning by methods common to public schools and | | 23 |
| that compare favorably in
their scope and intensity with the | | 24 |
| course of study presented in tax-supported
schools, and | | 25 |
| vocational or technical schools or institutes organized and
| | 26 |
| operated exclusively to provide a course of study of not less | | 27 |
| than 6 weeks
duration and designed to prepare individuals to | | 28 |
| follow a trade or to pursue a
manual, technical, mechanical, | | 29 |
| industrial, business, or commercial
occupation.
| | 30 |
| (34) Beginning January 1, 2000, personal property, | | 31 |
| including food, purchased
through fundraising events for the | | 32 |
| benefit of a public or private elementary or
secondary school, | | 33 |
| a group of those schools, or one or more school districts if
| | 34 |
| the events are sponsored by an entity recognized by the school |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 99 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| district that
consists primarily of volunteers and includes | | 2 |
| parents and teachers of the
school children. This paragraph | | 3 |
| does not apply to fundraising events (i) for
the benefit of | | 4 |
| private home instruction or (ii) for which the fundraising
| | 5 |
| entity purchases the personal property sold at the events from | | 6 |
| another
individual or entity that sold the property for the | | 7 |
| purpose of resale by the
fundraising entity and that profits | | 8 |
| from the sale to the fundraising entity.
This paragraph is | | 9 |
| exempt from the provisions of Section 2-70.
| | 10 |
| (35) Beginning January 1, 2000 and through December 31, | | 11 |
| 2001, new or used
automatic vending machines that prepare and | | 12 |
| serve hot food and beverages,
including coffee, soup, and other | | 13 |
| items, and replacement parts for these
machines. Beginning | | 14 |
| January 1, 2002 and through June 30, 2003, machines
and parts | | 15 |
| for machines used in
commercial, coin-operated amusement and | | 16 |
| vending business if a use or occupation
tax is paid on the | | 17 |
| gross receipts derived from the use of the commercial,
| | 18 |
| coin-operated amusement and vending machines. This paragraph | | 19 |
| is exempt from
the provisions of Section 2-70.
| | 20 |
| (35-5) Food for human consumption that is to be consumed | | 21 |
| off
the premises where it is sold (other than alcoholic | | 22 |
| beverages, soft drinks,
and food that has been prepared for | | 23 |
| immediate consumption) and prescription
and nonprescription | | 24 |
| medicines, drugs, medical appliances, and insulin, urine
| | 25 |
| testing materials, syringes, and needles used by diabetics, for | | 26 |
| human use, when
purchased for use by a person receiving medical | | 27 |
| assistance under Article 5 of
the Illinois Public Aid Code who | | 28 |
| resides in a licensed long-term care facility,
as defined in | | 29 |
| the Nursing Home Care Act.
| | 30 |
| (36) Beginning August 2, 2001, computers and | | 31 |
| communications equipment
utilized for any hospital purpose and | | 32 |
| equipment used in the diagnosis,
analysis, or treatment of | | 33 |
| hospital patients sold to a lessor who leases the
equipment, | | 34 |
| under a lease of one year or longer executed or in effect at |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 100 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| the
time of the purchase, to a hospital that has been issued an | | 2 |
| active tax
exemption identification number by the Department | | 3 |
| under Section 1g of this Act.
This paragraph is exempt from the | | 4 |
| provisions of Section 2-70.
| | 5 |
| (37) Beginning August 2, 2001, personal property sold to a | | 6 |
| lessor who
leases the property, under a lease of one year or | | 7 |
| longer executed or in effect
at the time of the purchase, to a | | 8 |
| governmental body that has been issued an
active tax exemption | | 9 |
| identification number by the Department under Section 1g
of | | 10 |
| this Act. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of | | 11 |
| Section 2-70.
| | 12 |
| (38) Beginning on January 1, 2002, tangible personal | | 13 |
| property purchased
from an Illinois retailer by a taxpayer | | 14 |
| engaged in centralized purchasing
activities in Illinois who | | 15 |
| will, upon receipt of the property in Illinois,
temporarily | | 16 |
| store the property in Illinois (i) for the purpose of | | 17 |
| subsequently
transporting it outside this State for use or | | 18 |
| consumption thereafter solely
outside this State or (ii) for | | 19 |
| the purpose of being processed, fabricated, or
manufactured | | 20 |
| into, attached to, or incorporated into other tangible personal
| | 21 |
| property to be transported outside this State and thereafter | | 22 |
| used or consumed
solely outside this State. The Director of | | 23 |
| Revenue shall, pursuant to rules
adopted in accordance with the | | 24 |
| Illinois Administrative Procedure Act, issue a
permit to any | | 25 |
| taxpayer in good standing with the Department who is eligible | | 26 |
| for
the exemption under this paragraph (38). The permit issued | | 27 |
| under
this paragraph (38) shall authorize the holder, to the | | 28 |
| extent and
in the manner specified in the rules adopted under | | 29 |
| this Act, to purchase
tangible personal property from a | | 30 |
| retailer exempt from the taxes imposed by
this Act. Taxpayers | | 31 |
| shall maintain all necessary books and records to
substantiate | | 32 |
| the use and consumption of all such tangible personal property
| | 33 |
| outside of the State of Illinois.
| | 34 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 92-35, eff. 7-1-01; 92-227, |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 101 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| eff. 8-2-01;
92-337, eff.
8-10-01; 92-484, eff. 8-23-01; | | 2 |
| 92-488, eff. 8-23-01; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02;
92-680, eff. | | 3 |
| 7-16-02; 93-23, eff. 6-20-03; 93-24, eff.
6-20-03; revised | | 4 |
| 9-11-03.)
|
|
| 5 |
| (35 ILCS 120/1d rep.) (from Ch. 120, par. 440d)
| | 6 |
| (35 ILCS 120/1f rep.) (from Ch. 120, par. 440f)
| | 7 |
| Section 33. The Retailers' Occupation Tax Act is amended by | | 8 |
| repealing Sections 1d and 1f. |
|
| 9 |
| Section 35. The Property Tax Code is amended by changing | | 10 |
| Sections 18-255, 20-15, and 21-30 and by adding Section 18-178 | | 11 |
| as follows: | | 12 |
| (35 ILCS 200/18-178 new) | | 13 |
| Sec. 18-178. Education tax abatement. Beginning with taxes | | 14 |
| levied for 2003 (payable in 2004), the county clerk must | | 15 |
| determine the final extension for educational purposes for all | | 16 |
| taxable property in a school district located in the county or | | 17 |
| for the taxable property of that part of a school district | | 18 |
| located in the county, taking into account the maximum rate, | | 19 |
| levy, and extension authorized under the Property Tax Extension | | 20 |
| Limitation Law, the Truth in Taxation Law, and any other | | 21 |
| statute. The county clerk must then abate the extension for | | 22 |
| educational purposes for each school district or part of a | | 23 |
| school district in the county by the amount of the minimum | | 24 |
| property tax relief grant and, if applicable, the supplemental | | 25 |
| property tax relief grant, certified to the county clerk for | | 26 |
| that school district or part of a school district by the | | 27 |
| Department of Revenue under Section 6z-65 of the State Finance | | 28 |
| Act. When the final extension for educational purposes has been | | 29 |
| determined and abated, the county clerk must notify the | | 30 |
| Department of Revenue.
The county clerk must determine the | | 31 |
| prorated portion of the certified minimum and, if applicable, |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 102 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| supplemental property tax relief grants allocable to each | | 2 |
| taxpayer in a given school district based on the tax rate for | | 3 |
| educational purposes for that school district and the aggregate | | 4 |
| relief granted to that school district. The extension amount | | 5 |
| for educational purposes, as originally calculated before | | 6 |
| abatement, is the official, final extension for educational | | 7 |
| purposes and must be used for all other purposes, including | | 8 |
| determining the maximum rate, levy, and extension authorized | | 9 |
| under the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law, the Truth in | | 10 |
| Taxation Law, and any other statute and the maximum amount of | | 11 |
| tax anticipation warrants under Sections 17-16 and 34-23 of the | | 12 |
| School Code.
| | 13 |
| (35 ILCS 200/18-255)
| | 14 |
| Sec. 18-255. Abstract of assessments and extensions. When | | 15 |
| the collector's
books are completed, the county clerk shall | | 16 |
| make a complete statement of the
assessment and extensions, in | | 17 |
| conformity to the instructions of the Department.
The clerk | | 18 |
| shall certify the statement to the Department. Beginning with | | 19 |
| the 2003 levy year, the Department shall require the statement | | 20 |
| to include a separate listing of the amount of any extension | | 21 |
| that is abated under Section 18-178 of this Act.
| | 22 |
| (Source: Laws 1943, vol. 1, p. 1136; P.A. 88-455.)
| | 23 |
| (35 ILCS 200/20-15)
| | 24 |
| Sec. 20-15. Information on bill or separate statement. The | | 25 |
| amount of tax due and rates shown on the tax bill pursuant to | | 26 |
| this Section shall be net of any abatement under Section | | 27 |
| 18-178. There shall be
printed on each bill, or on a separate | | 28 |
| slip which shall be mailed with the
bill:
| | 29 |
| (a) a statement itemizing the rate at which taxes have | | 30 |
| been extended for
each of the taxing districts in the | | 31 |
| county in whose district the property is
located, and in | | 32 |
| those counties utilizing
electronic data processing |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 103 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| equipment the dollar amount of tax due from the
person | | 2 |
| assessed allocable to each of those taxing districts, | | 3 |
| including a
separate statement of the dollar amount of tax | | 4 |
| due which is allocable to a tax
levied under the Illinois | | 5 |
| Local Library Act or to any other tax levied by a
| | 6 |
| municipality or township for public library purposes,
| | 7 |
| (b) a separate statement for each of the taxing | | 8 |
| districts of the dollar
amount of tax due which is | | 9 |
| allocable to a tax levied under the Illinois Pension
Code | | 10 |
| or to any other tax levied by a municipality or township | | 11 |
| for public
pension or retirement purposes,
| | 12 |
| (c) the total tax rate,
| | 13 |
| (d) the total amount of tax due, and
| | 14 |
| (e) the amount by which the total tax and the tax | | 15 |
| allocable to each taxing
district differs from the | | 16 |
| taxpayer's last prior tax bill, and | | 17 |
| (f) the amount of tax abated under Section 18-178 | | 18 |
| labeled "Portion of your Education Related Property Taxes | | 19 |
| paid by the State of Illinois".
| | 20 |
| The county treasurer shall ensure that only those taxing | | 21 |
| districts in
which a parcel of property is located shall be | | 22 |
| listed on the bill for that
property.
| | 23 |
| In all counties the statement shall also provide:
| | 24 |
| (1) the property index number or other suitable | | 25 |
| description,
| | 26 |
| (2) the assessment of the property,
| | 27 |
| (3) the equalization factors imposed by the county and | | 28 |
| by the Department,
and
| | 29 |
| (4) the equalized assessment resulting from the | | 30 |
| application of the
equalization factors to the basic | | 31 |
| assessment.
| | 32 |
| In all counties which do not classify property for purposes | | 33 |
| of taxation, for
property on which a single family residence is | | 34 |
| situated the statement shall
also include a statement to |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 104 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| reflect the fair cash value determined for the
property. In all | | 2 |
| counties which classify property for purposes of taxation in
| | 3 |
| accordance with Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois | | 4 |
| Constitution, for
parcels of residential property in the lowest | | 5 |
| assessment classification the
statement shall also include a | | 6 |
| statement to reflect the fair cash value
determined for the | | 7 |
| property.
| | 8 |
| In all counties, the statement shall include information | | 9 |
| that certain
taxpayers may be eligible for the Senior Citizens | | 10 |
| and Disabled Persons Property
Tax Relief and Pharmaceutical | | 11 |
| Assistance Act and that applications are
available from the | | 12 |
| Illinois Department of Revenue.
| | 13 |
| In counties which use the estimated or accelerated billing | | 14 |
| methods, these
statements shall only be provided with the final | | 15 |
| installment of taxes due, except that the statement under item | | 16 |
| (f) shall be included with both installments in those counties | | 17 |
| under estimated or accelerated billing methods, the first | | 18 |
| billing showing the amount deducted from the first installment, | | 19 |
| and the final billing showing the total tax abated for the levy | | 20 |
| year under Section 18-178. The
provisions of this Section | | 21 |
| create a mandatory statutory duty. They are not
merely | | 22 |
| directory or discretionary. The failure or neglect of the | | 23 |
| collector to
mail the bill, or the failure of the taxpayer to | | 24 |
| receive the bill, shall not
affect the validity of any tax, or | | 25 |
| the liability for the payment of any tax.
| | 26 |
| (Source: P.A. 91-699, eff. 1-1-01.)
| | 27 |
| (35 ILCS 200/21-30)
| | 28 |
| Sec. 21-30. Accelerated billing. Except as provided in this | | 29 |
| Section, Section 9-260, and Section 21-40, in
counties with
| | 30 |
| 3,000,000 or more inhabitants, by January 31 annually, | | 31 |
| estimated tax bills
setting out the first installment of | | 32 |
| property taxes for the preceding year,
payable in that year, | | 33 |
| shall be prepared and mailed. The first installment of
taxes on |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 105 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| the estimated tax bills shall be computed at 50% of the total | | 2 |
| of each
tax bill before the abatement of taxes under Section | | 3 |
| 18-178 for the preceding year, less an estimate of one-half of | | 4 |
| the minimum school district property tax relief grant for the | | 5 |
| current year determined based on information available.
If, | | 6 |
| prior to the preparation of the estimated tax bills, a | | 7 |
| certificate of
error has been either approved by a court on or | | 8 |
| before November 30 of the
preceding year or certified pursuant | | 9 |
| to Section 14-15 on or before November 30
of the preceding | | 10 |
| year, then the first installment of taxes on the estimated tax
| | 11 |
| bills shall be computed at 50% of the total taxes before the | | 12 |
| abatement of taxes under Section 18-178 for the preceding year | | 13 |
| as
corrected by the certificate of error, less an estimate of | | 14 |
| one-half of the minimum school district property tax relief | | 15 |
| grant for the current year determined based on information | | 16 |
| available.
By June 30 annually, actual tax bills shall
be | | 17 |
| prepared and mailed. These bills shall set out total taxes due | | 18 |
| and the
amount of estimated taxes billed in the first | | 19 |
| installment, and shall state
the balance of taxes due for that | | 20 |
| year as represented by the sum derived
from subtracting the | | 21 |
| amount of the first installment from the total taxes due
for | | 22 |
| that year.
| | 23 |
| The county board may provide by ordinance, in counties with | | 24 |
| 3,000,000 or more
inhabitants, for taxes to be paid in 4 | | 25 |
| installments. For the levy year for
which the ordinance is | | 26 |
| first effective and each subsequent year, estimated tax
bills | | 27 |
| setting out the first, second, and third installment of taxes | | 28 |
| for the
preceding year, payable in that year, shall be prepared | | 29 |
| and mailed not later
than the date specified by ordinance. Each | | 30 |
| installment on estimated tax bills
shall be computed at 25% of | | 31 |
| the total of each tax bill for the preceding year.
By the date | | 32 |
| specified in the ordinance, actual tax bills shall be prepared | | 33 |
| and
mailed. These bills shall set out total taxes due and the | | 34 |
| amount of estimated
taxes billed in the first, second, and |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 106 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| third installments and shall state the
balance of taxes due for | | 2 |
| that year as represented by the sum derived from
subtracting | | 3 |
| the amount of the estimated installments from the total taxes | | 4 |
| due
for that year.
| | 5 |
| The county board of any county with less than 3,000,000 | | 6 |
| inhabitants may, by
ordinance or resolution, adopt an | | 7 |
| accelerated method of tax billing.
The county board may | | 8 |
| subsequently rescind the ordinance or resolution and
revert to | | 9 |
| the method otherwise provided for in this Code.
| | 10 |
| Taxes levied on homestead property in which a member of the | | 11 |
| National Guard or
reserves of the armed forces of the United | | 12 |
| States who was called to active duty
on or after August 1, | | 13 |
| 1990, and who has an ownership interest shall not be
deemed | | 14 |
| delinquent and no interest shall accrue or be charged as a | | 15 |
| penalty on
such taxes due and payable in 1991 or 1992 until one | | 16 |
| year after that member
returns to civilian status.
| | 17 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-475, eff. 8-23-01; 93-560, eff. 8-20-03.)
|
|
| 18 |
| Section 40. The Motor Fuel Tax Law is amended by changing | | 19 |
| Section 2b as follows:
| | 20 |
| (35 ILCS 505/2b) (from Ch. 120, par. 418b)
| | 21 |
| Sec. 2b. In addition to the tax collection and reporting | | 22 |
| responsibilities
imposed elsewhere in this Act, a person who is | | 23 |
| required to pay the tax imposed
by Section 2a of this Act shall | | 24 |
| pay the tax to the Department by return showing
all fuel | | 25 |
| purchased, acquired or received and sold, distributed or used | | 26 |
| during
the preceding calendar month
including losses of fuel as | | 27 |
| the result of evaporation or shrinkage due to
temperature | | 28 |
| variations, and such other reasonable information as the
| | 29 |
| Department may require.
Losses of fuel as the result of | | 30 |
| evaporation or shrinkage due to temperature
variations may not | | 31 |
| exceed 1% of the total gallons in
storage at the
beginning of | | 32 |
| the month, plus the receipts of gallonage during the month, |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 107 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| minus
the gallonage remaining in storage at the end of the | | 2 |
| month. Any loss reported
that is in excess of this amount shall | | 3 |
| be subject to the tax imposed by
Section
2a of this Law.
On and | | 4 |
| after July 1, 2001, for each 6-month period January through | | 5 |
| June, net
losses of fuel (for each category of fuel that is | | 6 |
| required to be reported on a
return) as the result of | | 7 |
| evaporation or shrinkage due to temperature variations
may not | | 8 |
| exceed 1% of the total gallons in storage at the beginning of | | 9 |
| each
January, plus the receipts of gallonage each January | | 10 |
| through June, minus the
gallonage remaining in storage at the | | 11 |
| end of each June. On and after July 1,
2001, for each 6-month | | 12 |
| period July through December, net losses of fuel (for
each | | 13 |
| category of fuel that is required to be reported on a return) | | 14 |
| as the
result of evaporation or shrinkage due to temperature | | 15 |
| variations may not exceed
1% of the total gallons in storage at | | 16 |
| the beginning of each July, plus the
receipts of gallonage each | | 17 |
| July through December, minus the gallonage remaining
in storage | | 18 |
| at the end of each December. Any net loss reported that is in
| | 19 |
| excess of this amount shall be subject to the tax imposed by | | 20 |
| Section 2a of this
Law. For purposes of this Section, "net | | 21 |
| loss" means the number of gallons
gained through temperature | | 22 |
| variations minus the number of gallons lost through
temperature | | 23 |
| variations or evaporation for each of the respective 6-month
| | 24 |
| periods.
| | 25 |
| The return shall be prescribed by the Department and shall | | 26 |
| be filed
between the 1st and 20th days of each calendar month. | | 27 |
| The Department may, in
its discretion, combine the returns | | 28 |
| filed under this Section, Section 5, and
Section 5a of this | | 29 |
| Act. The return must be accompanied by appropriate
| | 30 |
| computer-generated magnetic media supporting schedule data in | | 31 |
| the format
required by the Department, unless, as provided by | | 32 |
| rule, the Department grants
an exception upon petition of a | | 33 |
| taxpayer. If the return is filed timely, the
seller shall take | | 34 |
| a discount of 2% through June 30, 2003 and 1.75%
thereafter |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 108 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| which is allowed to reimburse
the seller for
the expenses | | 2 |
| incurred in keeping records, preparing and filing returns,
| | 3 |
| collecting and remitting the tax and supplying data to the | | 4 |
| Department on
request.
The discount, however, shall be | | 5 |
| applicable only to the amount
of payment
which accompanies a | | 6 |
| return that is filed timely in accordance with this
Section.
| | 7 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-30, eff. 7-1-01; 93-32, eff. 6-20-03.)
|
|
| 8 |
| Section 45. The School Code is amended by changing Section | | 9 |
| 18-8.05 and by adding Sections 18-8.10 and 18-25 as follows:
| | 10 |
| (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05)
| | 11 |
| Sec. 18-8.05. Basis for apportionment of general State | | 12 |
| financial aid and
supplemental general State aid to the common | | 13 |
| schools for the 1998-1999 and
subsequent school years.
| | 14 |
| (A) General Provisions.
| | 15 |
| (1) The provisions of this Section apply to the 1998-1999 | | 16 |
| and subsequent
school years. The system of general State | | 17 |
| financial aid provided for in this
Section
is designed to | | 18 |
| assure that, through a combination of State financial aid and
| | 19 |
| required local resources, the financial support provided each | | 20 |
| pupil in Average
Daily Attendance equals or exceeds a
| | 21 |
| prescribed per pupil Foundation Level. This formula approach | | 22 |
| imputes a level
of per pupil Available Local Resources and | | 23 |
| provides for the basis to calculate
a per pupil level of | | 24 |
| general State financial aid that, when added to Available
Local | | 25 |
| Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation Level. The
amount | | 26 |
| of per pupil general State financial aid for school districts, | | 27 |
| in
general, varies in inverse
relation to Available Local | | 28 |
| Resources. Per pupil amounts are based upon
each school | | 29 |
| district's Average Daily Attendance as that term is defined in | | 30 |
| this
Section.
| | 31 |
| (2) In addition to general State financial aid, school |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 109 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| districts with
specified levels or concentrations of pupils | | 2 |
| from low income households are
eligible to receive supplemental | | 3 |
| general State financial aid grants as provided
pursuant to | | 4 |
| subsection (H).
The supplemental State aid grants provided for | | 5 |
| school districts under
subsection (H) shall be appropriated for | | 6 |
| distribution to school districts as
part of the same line item | | 7 |
| in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is | | 8 |
| appropriated under this Section.
| | 9 |
| (3) To receive financial assistance under this Section, | | 10 |
| school districts
are required to file claims with the State | | 11 |
| Board of Education, subject to the
following requirements:
| | 12 |
| (a) Any school district which fails for any given | | 13 |
| school year to maintain
school as required by law, or to | | 14 |
| maintain a recognized school is not
eligible to file for | | 15 |
| such school year any claim upon the Common School
Fund. In | | 16 |
| case of nonrecognition of one or more attendance centers in | | 17 |
| a
school district otherwise operating recognized schools, | | 18 |
| the claim of the
district shall be reduced in the | | 19 |
| proportion which the Average Daily
Attendance in the | | 20 |
| attendance center or centers bear to the Average Daily
| | 21 |
| Attendance in the school district. A "recognized school" | | 22 |
| means any
public school which meets the standards as | | 23 |
| established for recognition
by the State Board of | | 24 |
| Education. A school district or attendance center
not | | 25 |
| having recognition status at the end of a school term is | | 26 |
| entitled to
receive State aid payments due upon a legal | | 27 |
| claim which was filed while
it was recognized.
| | 28 |
| (b) School district claims filed under this Section are | | 29 |
| subject to
Sections 18-9, 18-10, and 18-12, except as | | 30 |
| otherwise provided in this
Section.
| | 31 |
| (c) If a school district operates a full year school | | 32 |
| under Section
10-19.1, the general State aid to the school | | 33 |
| district shall be determined
by the State Board of | | 34 |
| Education in accordance with this Section as near as
may be |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 110 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| applicable.
| | 2 |
| (d) (Blank).
| | 3 |
| (4) Except as provided in subsections (H) and (L), the | | 4 |
| board of any district
receiving any of the grants provided for | | 5 |
| in this Section may apply those funds
to any fund so received | | 6 |
| for which that board is authorized to make expenditures
by law.
| | 7 |
| School districts are not required to exert a minimum | | 8 |
| Operating Tax Rate in
order to qualify for assistance under | | 9 |
| this Section.
| | 10 |
| (5) As used in this Section the following terms, when | | 11 |
| capitalized, shall
have the meaning ascribed herein:
| | 12 |
| (a) "Average Daily Attendance": A count of pupil | | 13 |
| attendance in school,
averaged as provided for in | | 14 |
| subsection (C) and utilized in deriving per pupil
financial | | 15 |
| support levels.
| | 16 |
| (b) "Available Local Resources": A computation of | | 17 |
| local financial
support, calculated on the basis of Average | | 18 |
| Daily Attendance and derived as
provided pursuant to | | 19 |
| subsection (D).
| | 20 |
| (c) "Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes": | | 21 |
| Funds paid to local
school districts pursuant to "An Act in | | 22 |
| relation to the abolition of ad valorem
personal property | | 23 |
| tax and the replacement of revenues lost thereby, and
| | 24 |
| amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in | | 25 |
| connection therewith",
certified August 14, 1979, as | | 26 |
| amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
| | 27 |
| (c-5) "ECI" means the Employment Cost Index as | | 28 |
| published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
| | 29 |
| (d) "Foundation Level": A prescribed level of per pupil | | 30 |
| financial support
as provided for in subsection (B).
| | 31 |
| (e) "Operating Tax Rate": All school district property | | 32 |
| taxes extended for
all purposes, except Bond and
Interest, | | 33 |
| Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational | | 34 |
| Education
Building purposes.
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 111 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| (B) Foundation Level.
| | 2 |
| (1) The Foundation Level is a figure established by the | | 3 |
| State representing
the minimum level of per pupil financial | | 4 |
| support that should be available to
provide for the basic | | 5 |
| education of each pupil in
Average Daily Attendance. As set | | 6 |
| forth in this Section, each school district
is assumed to exert
| | 7 |
| a sufficient local taxing effort such that, in combination with | | 8 |
| the aggregate
of general State
financial aid provided the | | 9 |
| district, an aggregate of State and local resources
are | | 10 |
| available to meet
the basic education needs of pupils in the | | 11 |
| district.
| | 12 |
| (2) For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation Level of | | 13 |
| support is
$4,225. For the 1999-2000 school year, the | | 14 |
| Foundation Level of support is
$4,325. For the 2000-2001 school | | 15 |
| year, the Foundation Level of support is
$4,425.
| | 16 |
| (3) For the 2001-2002 school year and 2002-2003 school | | 17 |
| year, the
Foundation Level of support is $4,560.
| | 18 |
| (4) For the 2003-2004 and 2004-2005 school years
year and | | 19 |
| each school year thereafter,
the Foundation Level of support is | | 20 |
| $4,810 or such greater amount as
may be established by law by | | 21 |
| the General Assembly. | | 22 |
| (5) For the 2005-2006 school year, the Foundation Level of | | 23 |
| support is $5,952. For each school year thereafter, the | | 24 |
| Foundation Level of support shall be equal to the Foundation | | 25 |
| Level of support for the immediately preceding school year, | | 26 |
| increased by the percentage increase, if any, in the ECI | | 27 |
| published for the immediately preceding school year, or such | | 28 |
| greater amount as may be established by law by the General | | 29 |
| Assembly.
| | 30 |
| (C) Average Daily Attendance.
| | 31 |
| (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant | | 32 |
| to subsection
(E), an Average Daily Attendance figure shall be |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 112 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| utilized. The Average Daily
Attendance figure for formula
| | 2 |
| calculation purposes shall be the monthly average of the actual | | 3 |
| number of
pupils in attendance of
each school district, as | | 4 |
| further averaged for the best 3 months of pupil
attendance for | | 5 |
| each
school district. In compiling the figures for the number | | 6 |
| of pupils in
attendance, school districts
and the State Board | | 7 |
| of Education shall, for purposes of general State aid
funding, | | 8 |
| conform
attendance figures to the requirements of subsection | | 9 |
| (F).
| | 10 |
| (2) The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in | | 11 |
| subsection (E) shall be
the requisite attendance data for the | | 12 |
| school year immediately preceding
the
school year for which | | 13 |
| general State aid is being calculated
or the average of the | | 14 |
| attendance data for the 3 preceding school
years, whichever is | | 15 |
| greater. The Average Daily Attendance figures
utilized in | | 16 |
| subsection (H) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
| | 17 |
| school year immediately preceding the school year for which | | 18 |
| general
State aid is being calculated.
| | 19 |
| (D) Available Local Resources.
| | 20 |
| (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant | | 21 |
| to subsection
(E), a representation of Available Local | | 22 |
| Resources per pupil, as that term is
defined and determined in | | 23 |
| this subsection, shall be utilized. Available Local
Resources | | 24 |
| per pupil shall include a calculated
dollar amount representing | | 25 |
| local school district revenues from local property
taxes and | | 26 |
| from
Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes, expressed | | 27 |
| on the basis of pupils
in Average
Daily Attendance.
| | 28 |
| (2) In determining a school district's revenue from local | | 29 |
| property taxes,
the State Board of Education shall utilize the | | 30 |
| equalized assessed valuation of
all taxable property of each | | 31 |
| school
district as of September 30 of the previous year. The | | 32 |
| equalized assessed
valuation utilized shall
be obtained and | | 33 |
| determined as provided in subsection (G).
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 113 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| (3) For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten | | 2 |
| through 12, local
property tax
revenues per pupil shall be | | 3 |
| calculated as the product of the applicable
equalized assessed
| | 4 |
| valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%, and divided by | | 5 |
| the district's
Average Daily
Attendance figure. For school | | 6 |
| districts maintaining grades kindergarten
through 8, local
| | 7 |
| property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated as the | | 8 |
| product of the
applicable equalized
assessed valuation for the | | 9 |
| district multiplied by 2.30%, and divided by the
district's | | 10 |
| Average
Daily Attendance figure. For school districts | | 11 |
| maintaining grades 9 through 12,
local property
tax revenues | | 12 |
| per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed valuation | | 13 |
| of
the district
multiplied by 1.05%, and divided by the | | 14 |
| district's Average Daily
Attendance
figure.
| | 15 |
| (4) The Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes paid | | 16 |
| to each school
district during the calendar year 2 years before | | 17 |
| the calendar year in which a
school year begins, divided by the | | 18 |
| Average Daily Attendance figure for that
district, shall be | | 19 |
| added to the local property tax revenues per pupil as
derived | | 20 |
| by the application of the immediately preceding paragraph (3). | | 21 |
| The sum
of these per pupil figures for each school district | | 22 |
| shall constitute Available
Local Resources as that term is | | 23 |
| utilized in subsection (E) in the calculation
of general State | | 24 |
| aid.
| | 25 |
| (E) Computation of General State Aid.
| | 26 |
| (1) For each school year, the amount of general State aid | | 27 |
| allotted to a
school district shall be computed by the State | | 28 |
| Board of Education as provided
in this subsection.
| | 29 |
| (2) For any school district for which Available Local | | 30 |
| Resources per pupil
is less than the product of 0.93 times the | | 31 |
| Foundation Level, general State aid
for that district shall be | | 32 |
| calculated as an amount equal to the Foundation
Level minus | | 33 |
| Available Local Resources, multiplied by the Average Daily
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 114 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| Attendance of the school district.
| | 2 |
| (3) For any school district for which Available Local | | 3 |
| Resources per pupil
is equal to or greater than the product of | | 4 |
| 0.93 times the Foundation Level and
less than the product of | | 5 |
| 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid
per | | 6 |
| pupil shall be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level | | 7 |
| derived using a
linear algorithm. Under this linear algorithm, | | 8 |
| the calculated general State
aid per pupil shall decline in | | 9 |
| direct linear fashion from 0.07 times the
Foundation Level for | | 10 |
| a school district with Available Local Resources equal to
the | | 11 |
| product of 0.93 times the Foundation Level, to 0.05 times the | | 12 |
| Foundation
Level for a school district with Available Local | | 13 |
| Resources equal to the product
of 1.75 times the Foundation | | 14 |
| Level. The allocation of general
State aid for school districts | | 15 |
| subject to this paragraph 3 shall be the
calculated general | | 16 |
| State aid
per pupil figure multiplied by the Average Daily | | 17 |
| Attendance of the school
district.
| | 18 |
| (4) For any school district for which Available Local | | 19 |
| Resources per pupil
equals or exceeds the product of 1.75 times | | 20 |
| the Foundation Level, the general
State aid for the school | | 21 |
| district shall be calculated as the product of $218
multiplied | | 22 |
| by the Average Daily Attendance of the school
district.
| | 23 |
| (5) The amount of general State aid allocated to a school | | 24 |
| district for
the 1999-2000 school year meeting the requirements | | 25 |
| set forth in paragraph (4)
of subsection
(G) shall be increased | | 26 |
| by an amount equal to the general State aid that
would have | | 27 |
| been received by the district for the 1998-1999 school year by
| | 28 |
| utilizing the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed | | 29 |
| Valuation as calculated
in paragraph (4) of subsection (G) less | | 30 |
| the general State aid allotted for the
1998-1999
school year. | | 31 |
| This amount shall be deemed a one time increase, and shall not
| | 32 |
| affect any future general State aid allocations.
| | 33 |
| (F) Compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 115 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| (1) Each school district shall, by July 1 of each year, | | 2 |
| submit to the State
Board of Education, on forms prescribed by | | 3 |
| the State Board of Education,
attendance figures for the school | | 4 |
| year that began in the preceding calendar
year. The attendance | | 5 |
| information so transmitted shall identify the average
daily | | 6 |
| attendance figures for each month of the school year. Beginning | | 7 |
| with
the general State aid claim form for the 2002-2003 school
| | 8 |
| year, districts shall calculate Average Daily Attendance as | | 9 |
| provided in
subdivisions (a), (b), and (c) of this paragraph | | 10 |
| (1).
| | 11 |
| (a) In districts that do not hold year-round classes,
| | 12 |
| days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of | | 13 |
| September and any
days of attendance in June shall be added | | 14 |
| to the month of May.
| | 15 |
| (b) In districts in which all buildings hold year-round | | 16 |
| classes,
days of attendance in July and August shall be | | 17 |
| added to the month
of September and any days of attendance | | 18 |
| in June shall be added to
the month of May.
| | 19 |
| (c) In districts in which some buildings, but not all, | | 20 |
| hold
year-round classes, for the non-year-round buildings, | | 21 |
| days of
attendance in August shall be added to the month of | | 22 |
| September
and any days of attendance in June shall be added | | 23 |
| to the month of
May. The average daily attendance for the | | 24 |
| year-round buildings
shall be computed as provided in | | 25 |
| subdivision (b) of this paragraph
(1). To calculate the | | 26 |
| Average Daily Attendance for the district, the
average | | 27 |
| daily attendance for the year-round buildings shall be
| | 28 |
| multiplied by the days in session for the non-year-round | | 29 |
| buildings
for each month and added to the monthly | | 30 |
| attendance of the
non-year-round buildings.
| | 31 |
| Except as otherwise provided in this Section, days of
| | 32 |
| attendance by pupils shall be counted only for sessions of not | | 33 |
| less than
5 clock hours of school work per day under direct | | 34 |
| supervision of: (i)
teachers, or (ii) non-teaching personnel or |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 116 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| volunteer personnel when engaging
in non-teaching duties and | | 2 |
| supervising in those instances specified in
subsection (a) of | | 3 |
| Section 10-22.34 and paragraph 10 of Section 34-18, with
pupils | | 4 |
| of legal school age and in kindergarten and grades 1 through | | 5 |
| 12.
| | 6 |
| Days of attendance by tuition pupils shall be accredited | | 7 |
| only to the
districts that pay the tuition to a recognized | | 8 |
| school.
| | 9 |
| (2) Days of attendance by pupils of less than 5 clock hours | | 10 |
| of school
shall be subject to the following provisions in the | | 11 |
| compilation of Average
Daily Attendance.
| | 12 |
| (a) Pupils regularly enrolled in a public school for | | 13 |
| only a part of
the school day may be counted on the basis | | 14 |
| of 1/6 day for every class hour
of instruction of 40 | | 15 |
| minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment,
| | 16 |
| unless a pupil is
enrolled in a block-schedule format of 80 | | 17 |
| minutes or more of instruction,
in which case the pupil may | | 18 |
| be counted on the basis of the proportion of
minutes of | | 19 |
| school work completed each day to the minimum number of
| | 20 |
| minutes that school work is required to be held that day.
| | 21 |
| (b) Days of attendance may be less than 5 clock hours | | 22 |
| on the opening
and closing of the school term, and upon the | | 23 |
| first day of pupil
attendance, if preceded by a day or days | | 24 |
| utilized as an institute or
teachers' workshop.
| | 25 |
| (c) A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted | | 26 |
| as a day of
attendance upon certification by the regional | | 27 |
| superintendent, and
approved by the State Superintendent | | 28 |
| of Education to the extent that the
district has been | | 29 |
| forced to use daily multiple sessions.
| | 30 |
| (d) A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted | | 31 |
| as a day of
attendance (1) when the remainder of the school | | 32 |
| day or at least
2 hours in the evening of that day is | | 33 |
| utilized for an
in-service training program for teachers, | | 34 |
| up to a maximum of 5 days per
school year of which a |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 117 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| maximum of 4 days of such 5 days may be used for
| | 2 |
| parent-teacher conferences, provided a district conducts | | 3 |
| an in-service
training program for teachers which has been | | 4 |
| approved by the State
Superintendent of Education; or, in | | 5 |
| lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may
be used, in which | | 6 |
| event each such day
may be counted as a day of attendance; | | 7 |
| and (2) when days in
addition to
those provided in item (1) | | 8 |
| are scheduled by a school pursuant to its school
| | 9 |
| improvement plan adopted under Article 34 or its revised or | | 10 |
| amended school
improvement plan adopted under Article 2, | | 11 |
| provided that (i) such sessions of
3 or more clock hours | | 12 |
| are scheduled to occur at regular intervals, (ii) the
| | 13 |
| remainder of the school days in which such sessions occur | | 14 |
| are utilized
for in-service training programs or other | | 15 |
| staff development activities for
teachers, and (iii) a | | 16 |
| sufficient number of minutes of school work under the
| | 17 |
| direct supervision of teachers are added to the school days | | 18 |
| between such
regularly scheduled sessions to accumulate | | 19 |
| not less than the number of minutes
by which such sessions | | 20 |
| of 3 or more clock hours fall short of 5 clock hours.
Any | | 21 |
| full days used for the purposes of this paragraph shall not | | 22 |
| be considered
for
computing average daily attendance. Days | | 23 |
| scheduled for in-service training
programs, staff | | 24 |
| development activities, or parent-teacher conferences may | | 25 |
| be
scheduled separately for different
grade levels and | | 26 |
| different attendance centers of the district.
| | 27 |
| (e) A session of not less than one clock hour of | | 28 |
| teaching
hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or by | | 29 |
| telephone to the classroom may
be counted as 1/2 day of | | 30 |
| attendance, however these pupils must receive 4 or
more | | 31 |
| clock hours of instruction to be counted for a full day of | | 32 |
| attendance.
| | 33 |
| (f) A session of at least 4 clock hours may be counted | | 34 |
| as a day of
attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 118 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| in full day kindergartens,
and a session of 2 or more hours | | 2 |
| may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance by
pupils in | | 3 |
| kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance.
| | 4 |
| (g) For children with disabilities who are below the | | 5 |
| age of 6 years and
who
cannot attend 2 or more clock hours | | 6 |
| because of their disability or
immaturity, a session of not | | 7 |
| less than one clock hour may be counted as 1/2 day
of | | 8 |
| attendance; however for such children whose educational | | 9 |
| needs so require
a session of 4 or more clock hours may be | | 10 |
| counted as a full day of attendance.
| | 11 |
| (h) A recognized kindergarten which provides for only | | 12 |
| 1/2 day of
attendance by each pupil shall not have more | | 13 |
| than 1/2 day of attendance
counted in any one day. However, | | 14 |
| kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days
of
attendance in any 5 | | 15 |
| consecutive school days. When a pupil attends such a
| | 16 |
| kindergarten for 2 half days on any one school day, the | | 17 |
| pupil shall have
the following day as a day absent from | | 18 |
| school, unless the school district
obtains permission in | | 19 |
| writing from the State Superintendent of Education.
| | 20 |
| Attendance at kindergartens which provide for a full day of | | 21 |
| attendance by
each pupil shall be counted the same as | | 22 |
| attendance by first grade pupils.
Only the first year of | | 23 |
| attendance in one kindergarten shall be counted,
except in | | 24 |
| case of children who entered the kindergarten in their | | 25 |
| fifth year
whose educational development requires a second | | 26 |
| year of kindergarten as
determined under the rules and | | 27 |
| regulations of the State Board of Education.
| | 28 |
| (G) Equalized Assessed Valuation Data.
| | 29 |
| (1) For purposes of the calculation of Available Local | | 30 |
| Resources required
pursuant to subsection (D), the
State Board | | 31 |
| of Education shall secure from the Department of
Revenue the | | 32 |
| value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of
| | 33 |
| all taxable property of every school district, together with |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 119 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| (i) the applicable
tax rate used in extending taxes for the | | 2 |
| funds of the district as of
September 30 of the previous year
| | 3 |
| and (ii) the limiting rate for all school
districts subject to | | 4 |
| property tax extension limitations as imposed under the
| | 5 |
| Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
| | 6 |
| This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by | | 7 |
| the requirements of
this subsection, shall be utilized in the | | 8 |
| calculation of Available Local
Resources.
| | 9 |
| (2) The equalized assessed valuation in paragraph (1) shall | | 10 |
| be adjusted, as
applicable, in the following manner:
| | 11 |
| (a) For the purposes of calculating State aid under | | 12 |
| this Section,
with respect to any part of a school district | | 13 |
| within a redevelopment
project area in respect to which a | | 14 |
| municipality has adopted tax
increment allocation | | 15 |
| financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation
| | 16 |
| Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through 11-74.4-11 | | 17 |
| of the Illinois
Municipal Code or the Industrial Jobs | | 18 |
| Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through
11-74.6-50 of the | | 19 |
| Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current equalized
| | 20 |
| assessed valuation of real property located in any such | | 21 |
| project area which is
attributable to an increase above the | | 22 |
| total initial equalized assessed
valuation of such | | 23 |
| property shall be used as part of the equalized assessed
| | 24 |
| valuation of the district, until such time as all
| | 25 |
| redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in | | 26 |
| Section 11-74.4-8
of the Tax Increment Allocation | | 27 |
| Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of
the | | 28 |
| Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of
the | | 29 |
| equalized assessed valuation of the
district, the total | | 30 |
| initial equalized assessed valuation or the current
| | 31 |
| equalized assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be | | 32 |
| used until
such time as all redevelopment project costs | | 33 |
| have been paid.
| | 34 |
| (b) The real property equalized assessed valuation for |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 120 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| a school district
shall be adjusted by subtracting from the | | 2 |
| real property
value as equalized or assessed by the | | 3 |
| Department of Revenue for the
district an amount computed | | 4 |
| by dividing the amount of any abatement of
taxes under | | 5 |
| Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a | | 6 |
| district
maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by | | 7 |
| 2.30% for a district
maintaining grades kindergarten | | 8 |
| through 8, or by 1.05% for a
district
maintaining grades 9 | | 9 |
| through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing
| | 10 |
| the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) | | 11 |
| of Section 18-165 of
the Property Tax Code by the same | | 12 |
| percentage rates for district type as
specified in this | | 13 |
| subparagraph (b).
| | 14 |
| (3) For the 1999-2000 school year and each school year | | 15 |
| thereafter, if a
school district meets all of the criteria of | | 16 |
| this subsection (G)(3), the school
district's Available Local | | 17 |
| Resources shall be calculated under subsection (D)
using the | | 18 |
| district's Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation | | 19 |
| as
calculated under this
subsection (G)(3).
| | 20 |
| For purposes of this subsection (G)(3) the following terms | | 21 |
| shall have
the following meanings:
| | 22 |
| "Budget Year": The school year for which general State | | 23 |
| aid is calculated
and
awarded under subsection (E).
| | 24 |
| "Base Tax Year": The property tax levy year used to | | 25 |
| calculate the Budget
Year
allocation of general State aid.
| | 26 |
| "Preceding Tax Year": The property tax levy year | | 27 |
| immediately preceding the
Base Tax Year.
| | 28 |
| "Base Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of the | | 29 |
| equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County Clerk | | 30 |
| in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the
limiting rate as | | 31 |
| calculated by the County Clerk and defined in the Property | | 32 |
| Tax
Extension Limitation Law.
| | 33 |
| "Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of | | 34 |
| the equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 121 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| Clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by
the Operating | | 2 |
| Tax Rate as defined in subsection (A).
| | 3 |
| "Extension Limitation Ratio": A numerical ratio, | | 4 |
| certified by the
County Clerk, in which the numerator is | | 5 |
| the Base Tax Year's Tax
Extension and the denominator is | | 6 |
| the Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension.
| | 7 |
| "Operating Tax Rate": The operating tax rate as defined | | 8 |
| in subsection (A).
| | 9 |
| If a school district is subject to property tax extension | | 10 |
| limitations as
imposed under
the Property Tax Extension | | 11 |
| Limitation Law, the State Board of Education shall
calculate | | 12 |
| the Extension
Limitation
Equalized Assessed Valuation of that | | 13 |
| district. For the 1999-2000 school
year, the
Extension | | 14 |
| Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as
| | 15 |
| calculated by the State Board of Education shall be equal to | | 16 |
| the product of the
district's 1996 Equalized Assessed Valuation | | 17 |
| and the district's Extension
Limitation Ratio. For the | | 18 |
| 2000-2001 school year and each school year
thereafter,
the | | 19 |
| Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school | | 20 |
| district as
calculated by the State Board of Education shall be | | 21 |
| equal to the product of
the Equalized Assessed Valuation last | | 22 |
| used in the calculation of general State
aid and the
district's | | 23 |
| Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension Limitation
| | 24 |
| Equalized
Assessed Valuation of a school district as calculated | | 25 |
| under
this subsection (G)(3) is less than the district's | | 26 |
| equalized assessed valuation
as calculated pursuant to | | 27 |
| subsections (G)(1) and (G)(2), then for purposes of
calculating | | 28 |
| the district's general State aid for the Budget Year pursuant | | 29 |
| to
subsection (E), that Extension
Limitation Equalized | | 30 |
| Assessed Valuation shall be utilized to calculate the
| | 31 |
| district's Available Local Resources
under subsection (D).
| | 32 |
| (4) For the purposes of calculating general State aid for | | 33 |
| the 1999-2000
school year only, if a school district | | 34 |
| experienced a triennial reassessment on
the equalized assessed |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 122 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| valuation used in calculating its general State
financial aid | | 2 |
| apportionment for the 1998-1999 school year, the State Board of
| | 3 |
| Education shall calculate the Extension Limitation Equalized | | 4 |
| Assessed Valuation
that would have been used to calculate the | | 5 |
| district's 1998-1999 general State
aid. This amount shall equal | | 6 |
| the product of the equalized assessed valuation
used to
| | 7 |
| calculate general State aid for the 1997-1998 school year and | | 8 |
| the district's
Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension | | 9 |
| Limitation Equalized Assessed
Valuation of the school district | | 10 |
| as calculated under this paragraph (4) is
less than the | | 11 |
| district's equalized assessed valuation utilized in | | 12 |
| calculating
the
district's 1998-1999 general State aid | | 13 |
| allocation, then for purposes of
calculating the district's | | 14 |
| general State aid pursuant to paragraph (5) of
subsection (E),
| | 15 |
| that Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation shall | | 16 |
| be utilized to
calculate the district's Available Local | | 17 |
| Resources.
| | 18 |
| (5) For school districts having a majority of their | | 19 |
| equalized assessed
valuation in any county except Cook, DuPage, | | 20 |
| Kane, Lake, McHenry, or Will, if
the amount of general State | | 21 |
| aid allocated to the school district for the
1999-2000 school | | 22 |
| year under the provisions of subsection (E), (H), and (J) of
| | 23 |
| this Section is less than the amount of general State aid | | 24 |
| allocated to the
district for the 1998-1999 school year under | | 25 |
| these subsections, then the
general
State aid of the district | | 26 |
| for the 1999-2000 school year only shall be increased
by the | | 27 |
| difference between these amounts. The total payments made under | | 28 |
| this
paragraph (5) shall not exceed $14,000,000. Claims shall | | 29 |
| be prorated if they
exceed $14,000,000.
| | 30 |
| (H) Supplemental General State Aid.
| | 31 |
| (1) In addition to the general State aid a school district | | 32 |
| is allotted
pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying school | | 33 |
| districts shall receive a grant,
paid in conjunction with a |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 123 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| district's payments of general State aid, for
supplemental | | 2 |
| general State aid based upon the concentration level of | | 3 |
| children
from low-income households within the school | | 4 |
| district.
Supplemental State aid grants provided for school | | 5 |
| districts under this
subsection shall be appropriated for | | 6 |
| distribution to school districts as part
of the same line item | | 7 |
| in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is | | 8 |
| appropriated under this Section.
If the appropriation in any | | 9 |
| fiscal year for general State aid and
supplemental general | | 10 |
| State aid is insufficient to pay the amounts required
under the | | 11 |
| general State aid and supplemental general State aid | | 12 |
| calculations,
then the
State Board of Education shall ensure | | 13 |
| that
each school district receives the full amount due for | | 14 |
| general State aid
and the remainder of the appropriation shall | | 15 |
| be used
for supplemental general State aid, which the State | | 16 |
| Board of Education shall
calculate and pay to eligible | | 17 |
| districts on a prorated basis.
| | 18 |
| (1.5) This paragraph (1.5) applies only to those school | | 19 |
| years
preceding the 2003-2004 school year.
For purposes of this
| | 20 |
| subsection (H), the term "Low-Income Concentration Level" | | 21 |
| shall be the
low-income
eligible pupil count from the most | | 22 |
| recently available federal census divided by
the Average Daily | | 23 |
| Attendance of the school district.
If, however, (i) the | | 24 |
| percentage decrease from the 2 most recent federal
censuses
in | | 25 |
| the low-income eligible pupil count of a high school district | | 26 |
| with fewer
than 400 students exceeds by 75% or more the | | 27 |
| percentage change in the total
low-income eligible pupil count | | 28 |
| of contiguous elementary school districts,
whose boundaries | | 29 |
| are coterminous with the high school district,
or (ii) a high | | 30 |
| school district within 2 counties and serving 5 elementary
| | 31 |
| school
districts, whose boundaries are coterminous with the | | 32 |
| high school
district, has a percentage decrease from the 2 most | | 33 |
| recent federal
censuses in the low-income eligible pupil count | | 34 |
| and there is a percentage
increase in the total low-income |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 124 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| eligible pupil count of a majority of the
elementary school | | 2 |
| districts in excess of 50% from the 2 most recent
federal | | 3 |
| censuses, then
the
high school district's low-income eligible | | 4 |
| pupil count from the earlier federal
census
shall be the number | | 5 |
| used as the low-income eligible pupil count for the high
school | | 6 |
| district, for purposes of this subsection (H).
The changes made | | 7 |
| to this paragraph (1) by Public Act 92-28 shall apply to
| | 8 |
| supplemental general State aid
grants for school years | | 9 |
| preceding the 2003-2004 school year that are paid
in fiscal | | 10 |
| year 1999 or thereafter
and to
any State aid payments made in | | 11 |
| fiscal year 1994 through fiscal year
1998 pursuant to | | 12 |
| subsection 1(n) of Section 18-8 of this Code (which was
| | 13 |
| repealed on July 1, 1998), and any high school district that is | | 14 |
| affected by
Public Act 92-28 is
entitled to a
recomputation of | | 15 |
| its supplemental general State aid grant or State aid
paid in | | 16 |
| any of those fiscal years. This recomputation shall not be
| | 17 |
| affected by any other funding.
| | 18 |
| (1.10) This paragraph (1.10) applies to the 2003-2004 | | 19 |
| school year
and each school year thereafter. For purposes of | | 20 |
| this subsection (H), the
term "Low-Income Concentration Level" | | 21 |
| shall, for each fiscal year, be the
low-income eligible
pupil | | 22 |
| count
as of July 1 of the immediately preceding fiscal year
(as | | 23 |
| determined by the Department of Human Services based
on the | | 24 |
| number of pupils
who are eligible for at least one of the | | 25 |
| following
low income programs: Medicaid, KidCare, TANF, or Food | | 26 |
| Stamps,
excluding pupils who are eligible for services provided | | 27 |
| by the Department
of Children and Family Services,
averaged | | 28 |
| over
the 2 immediately preceding fiscal years for fiscal year | | 29 |
| 2004 and over the 3
immediately preceding fiscal years for each | | 30 |
| fiscal year thereafter)
divided by the Average Daily Attendance | | 31 |
| of the school district.
| | 32 |
| (2) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this | | 33 |
| subsection (H) shall
be
provided as follows for the 1998-1999, | | 34 |
| 1999-2000, and 2000-2001 school years
only:
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 125 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| (a) For any school district with a Low Income | | 2 |
| Concentration Level of at
least 20% and less than 35%, the | | 3 |
| grant for any school year
shall be $800
multiplied by the | | 4 |
| low income eligible pupil count.
| | 5 |
| (b) For any school district with a Low Income | | 6 |
| Concentration Level of at
least 35% and less than 50%, the | | 7 |
| grant for the 1998-1999 school year shall be
$1,100 | | 8 |
| multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
| | 9 |
| (c) For any school district with a Low Income | | 10 |
| Concentration Level of at
least 50% and less than 60%, the | | 11 |
| grant for the 1998-99 school year shall be
$1,500 | | 12 |
| multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
| | 13 |
| (d) For any school district with a Low Income | | 14 |
| Concentration Level of 60%
or more, the grant for the | | 15 |
| 1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by
the low | | 16 |
| income eligible pupil count.
| | 17 |
| (e) For the 1999-2000 school year, the per pupil amount | | 18 |
| specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) immediately | | 19 |
| above shall be increased to $1,243,
$1,600, and $2,000, | | 20 |
| respectively.
| | 21 |
| (f) For the 2000-2001 school year, the per pupil | | 22 |
| amounts specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) | | 23 |
| immediately above shall be
$1,273, $1,640, and $2,050, | | 24 |
| respectively.
| | 25 |
| (2.5) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this | | 26 |
| subsection (H)
shall be provided as follows for the 2002-2003 | | 27 |
| school year:
| | 28 |
| (a) For any school district with a Low Income | | 29 |
| Concentration Level of less
than 10%, the grant for each | | 30 |
| school year shall be $355 multiplied by the low
income | | 31 |
| eligible pupil count.
| | 32 |
| (b) For any school district with a Low Income | | 33 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 10% and less than 20%, the | | 34 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $675
multiplied by the |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 126 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| low income eligible pupil
count.
| | 2 |
| (c) For any school district with a Low Income | | 3 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 20% and less than 35%, the | | 4 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $1,330
multiplied by | | 5 |
| the low income eligible pupil
count.
| | 6 |
| (d) For any school district with a Low Income | | 7 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 35% and less than 50%, the | | 8 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $1,362
multiplied by | | 9 |
| the low income eligible pupil
count.
| | 10 |
| (e) For any school district with a Low Income | | 11 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 50% and less than 60%, the | | 12 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $1,680
multiplied by | | 13 |
| the low income eligible pupil
count.
| | 14 |
| (f) For any school district with a Low Income | | 15 |
| Concentration
Level of 60% or more, the grant for each | | 16 |
| school year shall be $2,080
multiplied by the low income | | 17 |
| eligible pupil count.
| | 18 |
| (2.10) Except as otherwise provided, supplemental general | | 19 |
| State aid
pursuant to this subsection
(H) shall be provided as | | 20 |
| follows for the 2003-2004 school year and each
school year | | 21 |
| thereafter:
| | 22 |
| (a) For any school district with a Low Income | | 23 |
| Concentration
Level of 15% or less, the grant for the | | 24 |
| 2003-2004 school year and 2004-2005
each school year
shall | | 25 |
| be $355 multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
| | 26 |
| For the 2005-2006 school year and each school year | | 27 |
| thereafter, the grant shall be $355, increased by the | | 28 |
| percentage increase, if any, in the ECI published for the | | 29 |
| immediately preceding school year, and then multiplied by | | 30 |
| the low income eligible pupil count.
| | 31 |
| (b) For any school district with a Low Income | | 32 |
| Concentration
Level greater than 15%, the grant for the | | 33 |
| 2003-2004 school year and 2004-2005
each school year shall | | 34 |
| be
$294.25 added to the product of $2,700 and the square of |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 127 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| the Low
Income Concentration Level, all multiplied by the | | 2 |
| low income
eligible pupil count. For the 2005-2006 school | | 3 |
| year and each school year thereafter, the grant shall be | | 4 |
| $294.25, increased by the percentage increase, if any, in | | 5 |
| the ECI published for the immediately preceding school | | 6 |
| year, then added to the product of (i) $2,700, which amount | | 7 |
| shall be increased by the percentage increase, if any, in | | 8 |
| the ECI published for the immediately preceding school | | 9 |
| year, and (ii) the square of the Low Income Concentration | | 10 |
| Level, and then all multiplied by the low income eligible | | 11 |
| pupil count.
| | 12 |
| For the 2003-2004 school year only, the grant shall be no | | 13 |
| less than the
grant
for
the 2002-2003 school year. For the | | 14 |
| 2004-2005 school year only, the grant shall
be no
less than the | | 15 |
| grant for the 2002-2003 school year multiplied by 0.66. For the
| | 16 |
| 2005-2006
school year only, the grant shall be no less than the | | 17 |
| grant for the 2002-2003
school year
multiplied by 0.33.
| | 18 |
| For the 2003-2004 school year only, the grant shall be no | | 19 |
| greater
than the grant received during the 2002-2003 school | | 20 |
| year added to the
product of 0.25 multiplied by the difference | | 21 |
| between the grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) | | 22 |
| of this paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the | | 23 |
| grant received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the | | 24 |
| 2004-2005 school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
| | 25 |
| the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year added to | | 26 |
| the
product of 0.50 multiplied by the difference between the | | 27 |
| grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this | | 28 |
| paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant | | 29 |
| received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the 2005-2006 | | 30 |
| school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
the grant | | 31 |
| received during the 2002-2003 school year added to the
product | | 32 |
| of 0.75 multiplied by the difference between the grant amount
| | 33 |
| calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this paragraph | | 34 |
| (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant received during |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 128 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| the 2002-2003
school year.
| | 2 |
| (3) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of | | 3 |
| more than 1,000
and less than 50,000 that qualify for | | 4 |
| supplemental general State aid pursuant
to this subsection | | 5 |
| shall submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior to
| | 6 |
| October 30 of each year for the use of the funds resulting from | | 7 |
| this grant of
supplemental general State aid for the | | 8 |
| improvement of
instruction in which priority is given to | | 9 |
| meeting the education needs of
disadvantaged children. Such | | 10 |
| plan shall be submitted in accordance with
rules and | | 11 |
| regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education.
| | 12 |
| (4) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of | | 13 |
| 50,000 or more
that qualify for supplemental general State aid | | 14 |
| pursuant to this subsection
shall be required to distribute | | 15 |
| from funds available pursuant to this Section,
no less than | | 16 |
| $261,000,000 in accordance with the following requirements:
| | 17 |
| (a) The required amounts shall be distributed to the | | 18 |
| attendance centers
within the district in proportion to the | | 19 |
| number of pupils enrolled at each
attendance center who are | | 20 |
| eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches or
| | 21 |
| breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966 | | 22 |
| and under the National
School Lunch Act during the | | 23 |
| immediately preceding school year.
| | 24 |
| (b) The distribution of these portions of supplemental | | 25 |
| and general State
aid among attendance centers according to | | 26 |
| these requirements shall not be
compensated for or | | 27 |
| contravened by adjustments of the total of other funds
| | 28 |
| appropriated to any attendance centers, and the Board of | | 29 |
| Education shall
utilize funding from one or several sources | | 30 |
| in order to fully implement this
provision annually prior | | 31 |
| to the opening of school.
| | 32 |
| (c) Each attendance center shall be provided by the
| | 33 |
| school district a distribution of noncategorical funds and | | 34 |
| other
categorical funds to which an attendance center is |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 129 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| entitled under law in
order that the general State aid and | | 2 |
| supplemental general State aid provided
by application of | | 3 |
| this subsection supplements rather than supplants the
| | 4 |
| noncategorical funds and other categorical funds provided | | 5 |
| by the school
district to the attendance centers.
| | 6 |
| (d) Any funds made available under this subsection that | | 7 |
| by reason of the
provisions of this subsection are not
| | 8 |
| required to be allocated and provided to attendance centers | | 9 |
| may be used and
appropriated by the board of the district | | 10 |
| for any lawful school purpose.
| | 11 |
| (e) Funds received by an attendance center
pursuant to | | 12 |
| this
subsection shall be used
by the attendance center at | | 13 |
| the discretion
of the principal and local school council | | 14 |
| for programs to improve educational
opportunities at | | 15 |
| qualifying schools through the following programs and
| | 16 |
| services: early childhood education, reduced class size or | | 17 |
| improved adult to
student classroom ratio, enrichment | | 18 |
| programs, remedial assistance, attendance
improvement, and | | 19 |
| other educationally beneficial expenditures which
| | 20 |
| supplement
the regular and basic programs as determined by | | 21 |
| the State Board of Education.
Funds provided shall not be | | 22 |
| expended for any political or lobbying purposes
as defined | | 23 |
| by board rule.
| | 24 |
| (f) Each district subject to the provisions of this | | 25 |
| subdivision (H)(4)
shall submit an
acceptable plan to meet | | 26 |
| the educational needs of disadvantaged children, in
| | 27 |
| compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, to the | | 28 |
| State Board of
Education prior to July 15 of each year. | | 29 |
| This plan shall be consistent with the
decisions of local | | 30 |
| school councils concerning the school expenditure plans
| | 31 |
| developed in accordance with part 4 of Section 34-2.3. The | | 32 |
| State Board shall
approve or reject the plan within 60 days | | 33 |
| after its submission. If the plan is
rejected, the district | | 34 |
| shall give written notice of intent to modify the plan
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 130 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| within 15 days of the notification of rejection and then | | 2 |
| submit a modified plan
within 30 days after the date of the | | 3 |
| written notice of intent to modify.
Districts may amend | | 4 |
| approved plans pursuant to rules promulgated by the State
| | 5 |
| Board of Education.
| | 6 |
| Upon notification by the State Board of Education that | | 7 |
| the district has
not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a | | 8 |
| modified plan within the time
period specified herein, the
| | 9 |
| State aid funds affected by that plan or modified plan | | 10 |
| shall be withheld by the
State Board of Education until a | | 11 |
| plan or modified plan is submitted.
| | 12 |
| If the district fails to distribute State aid to | | 13 |
| attendance centers in
accordance with an approved plan, the | | 14 |
| plan for the following year shall
allocate funds, in | | 15 |
| addition to the funds otherwise required by this
| | 16 |
| subsection, to those attendance centers which were | | 17 |
| underfunded during the
previous year in amounts equal to | | 18 |
| such underfunding.
| | 19 |
| For purposes of determining compliance with this | | 20 |
| subsection in relation
to the requirements of attendance | | 21 |
| center funding, each district subject to the
provisions of | | 22 |
| this
subsection shall submit as a separate document by | | 23 |
| December 1 of each year a
report of expenditure data for | | 24 |
| the prior year in addition to any
modification of its | | 25 |
| current plan. If it is determined that there has been
a | | 26 |
| failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this | | 27 |
| subsection
regarding contravention or supplanting, the | | 28 |
| State Superintendent of
Education shall, within 60 days of | | 29 |
| receipt of the report, notify the
district and any affected | | 30 |
| local school council. The district shall within
45 days of | | 31 |
| receipt of that notification inform the State | | 32 |
| Superintendent of
Education of the remedial or corrective | | 33 |
| action to be taken, whether by
amendment of the current | | 34 |
| plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in the plan
for the |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 131 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| following year. Failure to provide the expenditure report | | 2 |
| or the
notification of remedial or corrective action in a | | 3 |
| timely manner shall
result in a withholding of the affected | | 4 |
| funds.
| | 5 |
| The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and | | 6 |
| regulations
to implement the provisions of this | | 7 |
| subsection. No funds shall be released
under this | | 8 |
| subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted a | | 9 |
| plan
that has been approved by the State Board of | | 10 |
| Education.
| | 11 |
| (I) General State Aid for Newly Configured School Districts.
| | 12 |
| (1) For a new school district formed by combining property | | 13 |
| included
totally within 2 or more previously existing school | | 14 |
| districts, for its
first year of existence the general State | | 15 |
| aid and supplemental general State
aid calculated under this | | 16 |
| Section
shall be computed for the new district and for the | | 17 |
| previously existing
districts for which property is totally | | 18 |
| included
within the new district. If the computation on the | | 19 |
| basis of the previously
existing districts is greater, a | | 20 |
| supplementary payment equal to the difference
shall be made for | | 21 |
| the first 4 years of existence of the new district.
| | 22 |
| (2) For a school district which annexes all of the | | 23 |
| territory of one or more
entire other school districts, for the | | 24 |
| first year during which the change
of boundaries attributable | | 25 |
| to such annexation becomes effective for all
purposes as | | 26 |
| determined under Section 7-9 or 7A-8, the general State aid and
| | 27 |
| supplemental general State aid calculated
under this Section | | 28 |
| shall be computed for the annexing district as constituted
| | 29 |
| after the annexation and for the annexing and each annexed | | 30 |
| district as
constituted prior to the annexation; and if the | | 31 |
| computation on the basis of
the annexing and annexed districts | | 32 |
| as constituted prior to the annexation is
greater, a | | 33 |
| supplementary payment equal to the difference shall be made for
|
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 132 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| the first 4 years of existence of the annexing school district | | 2 |
| as
constituted upon such annexation.
| | 3 |
| (3) For 2 or more school districts which annex all of the | | 4 |
| territory of
one or more entire other school districts, and for | | 5 |
| 2 or more community unit
districts which result upon the | | 6 |
| division (pursuant to petition under
Section 11A-2) of one or | | 7 |
| more other unit school districts into 2 or more
parts and which | | 8 |
| together include all of the parts into which such other
unit | | 9 |
| school district or districts are so divided, for the first year
| | 10 |
| during which the change of boundaries attributable to such | | 11 |
| annexation or
division becomes effective for all purposes as | | 12 |
| determined under Section 7-9
or 11A-10, as the case may be, the | | 13 |
| general State aid and supplemental general
State aid calculated | | 14 |
| under this Section
shall be computed for each annexing or | | 15 |
| resulting district as constituted
after the annexation or | | 16 |
| division and for each annexing and annexed
district, or for | | 17 |
| each resulting and divided district, as constituted prior
to | | 18 |
| the annexation or division; and if the aggregate of the general | | 19 |
| State aid
and supplemental general State aid as so
computed for | | 20 |
| the annexing or resulting districts as constituted after the
| | 21 |
| annexation or division is less than the aggregate of the | | 22 |
| general State aid and
supplemental general State aid as so | | 23 |
| computed for the annexing and annexed
districts, or for the | | 24 |
| resulting and divided districts, as constituted prior to
the | | 25 |
| annexation or division, then
a supplementary payment equal to | | 26 |
| the difference shall be made and allocated
between or among the | | 27 |
| annexing or resulting districts, as constituted upon
such | | 28 |
| annexation or division, for the first 4 years of their | | 29 |
| existence. The
total difference payment shall be allocated | | 30 |
| between or among the annexing
or resulting districts in the | | 31 |
| same ratio as the pupil enrollment from that
portion of the | | 32 |
| annexed or divided district or districts which is annexed to
or | | 33 |
| included in each such annexing or resulting district bears to | | 34 |
| the total
pupil enrollment from the entire annexed or divided |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 133 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| district or districts,
as such pupil enrollment is determined | | 2 |
| for the school year last ending
prior to the date when the | | 3 |
| change of boundaries attributable to the
annexation or division | | 4 |
| becomes effective for all purposes. The amount of
the total | | 5 |
| difference payment and the amount thereof to be allocated to | | 6 |
| the
annexing or resulting districts shall be computed by the | | 7 |
| State Board of
Education on the basis of pupil enrollment and | | 8 |
| other data which shall be
certified to the State Board of | | 9 |
| Education, on forms which it shall provide
for that purpose, by | | 10 |
| the regional superintendent of schools for each
educational | | 11 |
| service region in which the annexing and annexed districts, or
| | 12 |
| resulting and divided districts are located.
| | 13 |
| (3.5) Claims for financial assistance under this | | 14 |
| subsection (I) shall
not be recomputed except as expressly | | 15 |
| provided under this Section.
| | 16 |
| (4) Any
supplementary payment made under this subsection | | 17 |
| (I)
shall be treated as separate from all other payments made | | 18 |
| pursuant to
this Section.
| | 19 |
| (J) Supplementary Grants in Aid.
| | 20 |
| (1) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, | | 21 |
| the amount of the
aggregate general State aid in combination | | 22 |
| with supplemental general State aid
under this Section for | | 23 |
| which
each school district is eligible shall be no
less than | | 24 |
| the amount of the aggregate general State aid entitlement that | | 25 |
| was
received by the district under Section
18-8 (exclusive of | | 26 |
| amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that | | 27 |
| Section)
for the 1997-98 school year,
pursuant to the | | 28 |
| provisions of that Section as it was then in effect.
If a | | 29 |
| school district qualifies to receive a supplementary payment | | 30 |
| made under
this subsection (J), the amount
of the aggregate | | 31 |
| general State aid in combination with supplemental general
| | 32 |
| State aid under this Section
which that district is eligible to | | 33 |
| receive for each school year shall be no less than the amount |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 134 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| of the aggregate
general State aid entitlement that was | | 2 |
| received by the district under
Section 18-8 (exclusive of | | 3 |
| amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that | | 4 |
| Section)
for the 1997-1998 school year, pursuant to the | | 5 |
| provisions of that
Section as it was then in effect.
| | 6 |
| (2) If, as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection | | 7 |
| (J), a school
district is to receive aggregate general State | | 8 |
| aid in
combination with supplemental general State aid under | | 9 |
| this Section for the 1998-99 school year and any subsequent | | 10 |
| school
year that in any such school year is less than the | | 11 |
| amount of the aggregate
general
State
aid entitlement that the | | 12 |
| district received for the 1997-98 school year, the
school | | 13 |
| district shall also receive, from a separate appropriation made | | 14 |
| for
purposes of this subsection (J), a supplementary payment | | 15 |
| that is equal to the
amount of the difference in the aggregate | | 16 |
| State aid figures as described in
paragraph (1).
| | 17 |
| (3) (Blank).
| | 18 |
| (K) Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools.
| | 19 |
| In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing board | | 20 |
| of a public
university that operates a laboratory school under | | 21 |
| this Section or to any
alternative school that is operated by a | | 22 |
| regional superintendent of schools,
the State
Board of | | 23 |
| Education shall require by rule such reporting requirements as | | 24 |
| it
deems necessary.
| | 25 |
| As used in this Section, "laboratory school" means a public | | 26 |
| school which is
created and operated by a public university and | | 27 |
| approved by the State Board of
Education. The governing board | | 28 |
| of a public university which receives funds
from the State | | 29 |
| Board under this subsection (K) may not increase the number of
| | 30 |
| students enrolled in its laboratory
school from a single | | 31 |
| district, if that district is already sending 50 or more
| | 32 |
| students, except under a mutual agreement between the school | | 33 |
| board of a
student's district of residence and the university |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 135 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| which operates the
laboratory school. A laboratory school may | | 2 |
| not have more than 1,000 students,
excluding students with | | 3 |
| disabilities in a special education program.
| | 4 |
| As used in this Section, "alternative school" means a | | 5 |
| public school which is
created and operated by a Regional | | 6 |
| Superintendent of Schools and approved by
the State Board of | | 7 |
| Education. Such alternative schools may offer courses of
| | 8 |
| instruction for which credit is given in regular school | | 9 |
| programs, courses to
prepare students for the high school | | 10 |
| equivalency testing program or vocational
and occupational | | 11 |
| training. A regional superintendent of schools may contract
| | 12 |
| with a school district or a public community college district | | 13 |
| to operate an
alternative school. An alternative school serving | | 14 |
| more than one educational
service region may be established by | | 15 |
| the regional superintendents of schools
of the affected | | 16 |
| educational service regions. An alternative school
serving | | 17 |
| more than one educational service region may be operated under | | 18 |
| such
terms as the regional superintendents of schools of those | | 19 |
| educational service
regions may agree.
| | 20 |
| Each laboratory and alternative school shall file, on forms | | 21 |
| provided by the
State Superintendent of Education, an annual | | 22 |
| State aid claim which states the
Average Daily Attendance of | | 23 |
| the school's students by month. The best 3 months'
Average | | 24 |
| Daily Attendance shall be computed for each school.
The general | | 25 |
| State aid entitlement shall be computed by multiplying the
| | 26 |
| applicable Average Daily Attendance by the Foundation Level as | | 27 |
| determined under
this Section.
| | 28 |
| (L) Payments, Additional Grants in Aid and Other Requirements.
| | 29 |
| (1) For a school district operating under the financial | | 30 |
| supervision
of an Authority created under Article 34A, the | | 31 |
| general State aid otherwise
payable to that district under this | | 32 |
| Section, but not the supplemental general
State aid, shall be | | 33 |
| reduced by an amount equal to the budget for
the operations of |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 136 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| the Authority as certified by the Authority to the State
Board | | 2 |
| of Education, and an amount equal to such reduction shall be | | 3 |
| paid
to the Authority created for such district for its | | 4 |
| operating expenses in
the manner provided in Section 18-11. The | | 5 |
| remainder
of general State school aid for any such district | | 6 |
| shall be paid in accordance
with Article 34A when that Article | | 7 |
| provides for a disposition other than that
provided by this | | 8 |
| Article.
| | 9 |
| (2) (Blank).
| | 10 |
| (3) Summer school. Summer school payments shall be made as | | 11 |
| provided in
Section 18-4.3.
| | 12 |
| (M) Education Funding Advisory Board.
| | 13 |
| The Education Funding Advisory
Board, hereinafter in this | | 14 |
| subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby
created. | | 15 |
| The Board
shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the | | 16 |
| Governor, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate. The | | 17 |
| members appointed shall include
representatives of education, | | 18 |
| business, and the general public. One of the
members so | | 19 |
| appointed shall be
designated by the Governor at the time the | | 20 |
| appointment is made as the
chairperson of the
Board.
The | | 21 |
| initial members of the Board may
be appointed any time after | | 22 |
| the effective date of this amendatory Act of
1997. The regular | | 23 |
| term of each member of the
Board shall be for 4 years from the | | 24 |
| third Monday of January of the
year in which the term of the | | 25 |
| member's appointment is to commence, except that
of the 5 | | 26 |
| initial members appointed to serve on the
Board, the member who | | 27 |
| is appointed as the chairperson shall serve for
a term that | | 28 |
| commences on the date of his or her appointment and expires on | | 29 |
| the
third Monday of January, 2002, and the remaining 4 members, | | 30 |
| by lots drawn at
the first meeting of the Board that is
held
| | 31 |
| after all 5 members are appointed, shall determine 2 of their | | 32 |
| number to serve
for terms that commence on the date of their
| | 33 |
| respective appointments and expire on the third
Monday of |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 137 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| January, 2001,
and 2 of their number to serve for terms that | | 2 |
| commence
on the date of their respective appointments and | | 3 |
| expire on the third Monday
of January, 2000. All members | | 4 |
| appointed to serve on the
Board shall serve until their | | 5 |
| respective successors are
appointed and confirmed. Vacancies | | 6 |
| shall be filled in the same manner as
original appointments. If | | 7 |
| a vacancy in membership occurs at a time when the
Senate is not | | 8 |
| in session, the Governor shall make a temporary appointment | | 9 |
| until
the next meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall | | 10 |
| appoint, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate, a | | 11 |
| person to fill that membership for the
unexpired term. If the | | 12 |
| Senate is not in session when the initial appointments
are | | 13 |
| made, those appointments shall
be made as in the case of | | 14 |
| vacancies.
| | 15 |
| The Education Funding Advisory Board shall be deemed | | 16 |
| established,
and the initial
members appointed by the Governor | | 17 |
| to serve as members of the
Board shall take office,
on the date | | 18 |
| that the
Governor makes his or her appointment of the fifth | | 19 |
| initial member of the
Board, whether those initial members are | | 20 |
| then serving
pursuant to appointment and confirmation or | | 21 |
| pursuant to temporary appointments
that are made by the | | 22 |
| Governor as in the case of vacancies.
| | 23 |
| The State Board of Education shall provide such staff | | 24 |
| assistance to the
Education Funding Advisory Board as is | | 25 |
| reasonably required for the proper
performance by the Board of | | 26 |
| its responsibilities.
| | 27 |
| For school years after the 2000-2001 school year, the | | 28 |
| Education
Funding Advisory Board, in consultation with the | | 29 |
| State Board of Education,
shall make recommendations as | | 30 |
| provided in this subsection (M) to the General
Assembly for the | | 31 |
| foundation level under subsection (B)
subdivision (B)(3) of | | 32 |
| this Section and
for the
supplemental general State aid grant | | 33 |
| level under subsection (H) of this Section
for districts with | | 34 |
| high concentrations of children from poverty. The
recommended |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 138 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| foundation level shall be determined based on a methodology | | 2 |
| which
incorporates the basic education expenditures of | | 3 |
| low-spending schools
exhibiting high academic performance. The | | 4 |
| Education Funding Advisory Board
shall make such | | 5 |
| recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1 of odd
| | 6 |
| numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.
| | 7 |
| (N) (Blank).
| | 8 |
| (O) References.
| | 9 |
| (1) References in other laws to the various subdivisions of
| | 10 |
| Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and | | 11 |
| replacement by this
Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer to | | 12 |
| the corresponding provisions of
this Section 18-8.05, to the | | 13 |
| extent that those references remain applicable.
| | 14 |
| (2) References in other laws to State Chapter 1 funds shall | | 15 |
| be deemed to
refer to the supplemental general State aid | | 16 |
| provided under subsection (H) of
this Section.
| | 17 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 92-28, eff. 7-1-01; 92-29, | | 18 |
| eff. 7-1-01;
92-269, eff. 8-7-01; 92-604, eff. 7-1-02; 92-636, | | 19 |
| eff. 7-11-02; 92-651, eff.
7-11-02; 93-21, eff. 7-1-03.)
| | 20 |
| (105 ILCS 5/18-8.10 new)
| | 21 |
| Sec. 18-8.10. Supplemental State aid for rapidly expanding | | 22 |
| school districts. | | 23 |
| (a) If there has been an increase in a school district's | | 24 |
| student population over any 2 consecutive school years of (i) | | 25 |
| over 1.5% in a district with 10,000 or more pupils in average | | 26 |
| daily attendance, as defined in Section 18-8.05 of this Code, | | 27 |
| or (ii) over 10% in any other district, then, subject to | | 28 |
| appropriation, the district is eligible for a grant under this | | 29 |
| Section. | | 30 |
| (b) The State Board of Education shall determine a per | | 31 |
| pupil grant amount for each school district based on the needs |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 139 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| of each district. The total grant amount for a district for any | | 2 |
| given school year shall equal the per pupil grant amount | | 3 |
| multiplied by the difference between the number of pupils in | | 4 |
| average daily attendance for the first 3 months of the school | | 5 |
| year and the number of pupils in average daily attendance for | | 6 |
| the immediately preceding school year. | | 7 |
| (c) Each fiscal year, the General Assembly shall | | 8 |
| appropriate at least $40 million of the aggregate Common School | | 9 |
| Fund appropriation to funding supplemental grants under this | | 10 |
| Section. Funds for grants under this Section must be | | 11 |
| appropriated to the State Board of Education in a separate line | | 12 |
| item for this purpose. As soon as possible after funds have | | 13 |
| been appropriated to the State Board of Education, the State | | 14 |
| Board of Education shall distribute the grants to eligible | | 15 |
| districts. | | 16 |
| (d) If a school district intentionally reports incorrect | | 17 |
| average daily attendance numbers to receive a grant under this | | 18 |
| Section, then the district shall be denied State aid for | | 19 |
| intentional incorrect reporting of average daily attendance | | 20 |
| numbers under Section 18-8.05 of this Code. | | 21 |
| (e) The State Board of Education may adopt any rules | | 22 |
| necessary to implement this Section. | | 23 |
| (105 ILCS 5/18-25 new) | | 24 |
| Sec. 18-25. Education appropriation minimum. At a minimum, | | 25 |
| the General Assembly shall appropriate to the Common School | | 26 |
| Fund for fiscal year 2006 and each fiscal year thereafter, an | | 27 |
| amount equal to the following (the "Education Appropriation | | 28 |
| Minimum"): | | 29 |
| (1) For fiscal year 2006, a total appropriation equal | | 30 |
| to the sum of (A) all amounts appropriated to the Common | | 31 |
| School Fund for fiscal year 2005, plus (B) the amount | | 32 |
| necessary to increase the Foundation Level of support per | | 33 |
| student to $5,952 under Section 18-8.05 of this Code, plus |
|
|
|
09300HB0750sam001 |
- 140 - |
LRB093 05402 BDD 49902 a |
|
| | 1 |
| (C) $2.4 billion to fund the School District Property Tax | | 2 |
| Relief Fund described in Section 6z-65 of the State Finance | | 3 |
| Act. | | 4 |
| (2) For each fiscal year thereafter, a total | | 5 |
| appropriation equal to (A) the Education Appropriation | | 6 |
| Minimum for the immediately preceding fiscal year, | | 7 |
| increased by the percentage increase, if any, in the | | 8 |
| Employment Cost Index published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor | | 9 |
| Statistics for the immediately preceding fiscal year, or | | 10 |
| (B) such greater amount as the General Assembly may | | 11 |
| appropriate.". |
|